Month: July 2025

  • Software Legacy and Life of a Software as It Comes To An End As Long As It is Marketed. Effort and Investment Get Lost.

    Software Legacy and Life of a Software as It Comes To An End As Long As It is Marketed. Effort and Investment Get Lost.

    When a software product nears the end of its lifecycle, it doesn’t simply vanish — it echoes across corporate hallways and user communities like a ghost in the machine. Software, much like living organisms, is born, evolves, matures, and eventually faces decline. Yet unlike biological life, the decline of software is heavily shaped by market forces, corporate strategies, and shifting user demands.

    The digital landscape is littered with the remnants of once-celebrated tools, platforms, and systems that were painstakingly crafted and marketed, only to be abandoned when no longer profitable or strategically viable. This phenomenon raises critical questions about our approach to technological investment and stewardship. Do we truly understand the long-term consequences of our technological dependencies?

    In this article, we explore the bittersweet journey of software as it transitions from a promising innovation to an obsolete relic. Drawing upon insights from thought leaders and classic works like Code Complete by Steve McConnell and The Mythical Man-Month by Frederick P. Brooks Jr., we examine how effort, vision, and financial investment often evaporate into thin air once a product is no longer marketable.


    1- Birth of Software: The Spark of Innovation

    The genesis of any software product is often an electrifying moment marked by excitement and ambition. Teams pour in creative energy, envisioning a tool that will change user experiences or redefine a market segment. During this stage, innovation thrives, and the promise of solving real-world problems fuels engineers and designers alike. The first lines of code are written not just as functional statements but as hopeful blueprints for future impact.

    Steve Jobs once said, “Innovation distinguishes between a leader and a follower.” This is especially true in software, where early ideation shapes everything that follows. Books like Crossing the Chasm by Geoffrey A. Moore discuss how initial adoption curves can make or break software during this fragile birth phase.


    2- Growth and Market Capture

    Once launched, software enters a growth stage where market penetration becomes the primary goal. Marketing teams craft compelling narratives, while engineers rapidly iterate to fix bugs and add features to capture larger user bases. This phase is often accompanied by rapid revenue growth and rising brand recognition.

    However, this stage also introduces significant technical debt as speed is prioritized over perfection. As the software gains traction, customer expectations soar, leading to an ever-expanding feature set. “The problem with quick wins,” writes Cal Newport in Deep Work, “is that they often defer deeper, strategic thinking.” Companies must walk a tightrope between aggressive expansion and maintaining a sustainable codebase.


    3- Maturity and Saturation

    At maturity, software enjoys a stable market position and a loyal user base. Financially, this can be the most rewarding period. New customers join at a steady rate, and the software may even become an industry standard. During this time, refinements and optimizations take center stage rather than groundbreaking features.

    Yet this period of equilibrium can breed complacency. Teams may resist significant changes to avoid alienating existing customers, and innovation often stalls. As Clayton Christensen explains in The Innovator’s Dilemma, established players frequently struggle to adopt disruptive technologies because they are invested in maintaining their current success.


    4- Onset of Decline

    Despite best efforts, external forces such as emerging competitors, shifting user preferences, or technological advancements inevitably push software toward decline. Symptoms include declining sales, dwindling support, and fewer updates. Loyal users start seeking alternatives that offer better performance or modern interfaces.

    This phase underscores the transient nature of software success. “Nothing endures but change,” said Heraclitus, and nowhere is this more evident than in software lifecycle management. Companies must decide whether to sunset the product gracefully or attempt a radical reinvention.


    5- The Role of Marketing During Decline

    As a product nears the end, marketing shifts from acquisition to damage control and retention. Campaigns focus on reassuring existing customers, providing migration paths, or highlighting continued support timelines. Sometimes, nostalgia marketing is employed to maintain goodwill, even as the product quietly exits.

    However, no marketing magic can fully reverse the trend of obsolescence. According to Philip Kotler’s Marketing Management, when decline is imminent, companies should consider harvesting or divesting strategies to minimize losses. This pragmatic approach can help preserve brand reputation and reallocate resources.


    6- Financial and Emotional Investments

    The sunsetting of a software product represents not only financial losses but also emotional investments by teams who have nurtured it for years. Engineers, designers, and marketers often feel a profound sense of loss, as their professional identity may be closely tied to the product.

    Moreover, sunk costs can cloud strategic decisions, leading companies to prolong the inevitable. Daniel Kahneman’s Thinking, Fast and Slow delves into how cognitive biases like loss aversion influence business decisions, making rational exits challenging.


    7- Technical Debt and Legacy Burden

    As software ages, it accumulates technical debt — shortcuts taken to meet deadlines or market demands. Over time, maintaining such systems becomes disproportionately expensive and resource-draining. The codebase becomes fragile, making even minor updates risky.

    Martin Fowler’s Refactoring emphasizes that “any fool can write code that a computer can understand. Good programmers write code that humans can understand.” Unfortunately, legacy systems often violate this principle, making them a heavy burden rather than an asset.


    8- User Trust and Brand Perception

    Sunsetting software can severely impact user trust, especially if it happens abruptly or without sufficient support mechanisms. Long-term customers feel betrayed when investments in training and integration are rendered futile.

    In The Trusted Advisor, David H. Maister argues that trust is the bedrock of business relationships and must be preserved even during difficult transitions. Companies that manage exits transparently can maintain goodwill and open doors for future ventures.


    9- Documentation and Knowledge Loss

    When software is discontinued, documentation efforts often wind down, and institutional knowledge dissipates. Engineers move on, leaving behind cryptic code and partial manuals. This makes future audits or possible revivals exceedingly difficult.

    According to Code Complete, well-maintained documentation is as critical as the code itself, yet it is frequently neglected. Knowledge loss compounds the finality of a product’s demise and limits the possibility of meaningful reuse.


    10- Migration Challenges for Users

    Users dependent on discontinued software face daunting migration challenges. Data portability, compatibility, and retraining create barriers that can hinder business continuity. Such transitions often involve hidden costs and operational risks.

    A strategic migration plan can mitigate these issues, as suggested by Software Engineering at Google. Companies that provide clear migration paths and robust support stand out as customer-centric and earn long-term loyalty.


    11- Impact on Ecosystems and Integrations

    Modern software rarely operates in isolation. Its retirement affects partner ecosystems, integrations, and third-party developers. APIs become deprecated, and connected workflows break, causing ripple effects across organizations.

    The Platform Revolution by Geoffrey Parker and Marshall Van Alstyne explains how interconnected ecosystems amplify both growth and decline. A single product’s exit can disrupt entire value chains, highlighting the interconnected nature of digital economies.


    12- Competitive Responses

    When a major software product exits, competitors quickly capitalize on the vacuum, offering migration incentives, feature parity, or superior alternatives. This creates opportunities for market reshaping and aggressive repositioning.

    Companies that fail to anticipate these competitive moves often lose market share rapidly. As Sun Tzu said in The Art of War, “In the midst of chaos, there is also opportunity.” Recognizing decline early allows firms to prepare defensive and offensive strategies.


    13- Open Source vs Proprietary Farewell

    Open source software sometimes enjoys a different fate. Even when abandoned by the original maintainers, community-driven forks can extend its life. In contrast, proprietary software often vanishes completely once support is dropped.

    Eric Raymond’s The Cathedral and the Bazaar underscores the resilience of open source ecosystems. Communities can breathe new life into legacy code, mitigating the finality of market-driven discontinuation.


    14- Legal and Compliance Considerations

    Retiring software must also address legal liabilities and compliance obligations. Sensitive data handling, audit trails, and contractual commitments can complicate shutdown plans significantly.

    Books like Information Privacy Law by Daniel Solove emphasize that compliance is not optional and mishandling shutdowns can lead to costly lawsuits and reputational damage. Proper planning ensures a clean exit and legal safety.


    15- Emotional Attachment of Users

    Users often form deep emotional attachments to software they have used for years. When a favorite tool disappears, it disrupts not only workflows but also personal comfort and nostalgia.

    As Sherry Turkle discusses in Alone Together, technology shapes our identities and relationships. Abrupt discontinuations can feel like personal losses, warranting empathy and considerate offboarding strategies from developers.


    16- The Myth of Perpetual Maintenance

    Many believe software can be maintained indefinitely if revenue streams justify it. However, continuous maintenance is costly and often unsustainable due to resource limitations, talent churn, and evolving standards.

    Frederick Brooks Jr. cautioned in The Mythical Man-Month that adding resources to late software makes it later. Maintenance is no exception; scaling it indefinitely is rarely viable, making graceful sunsets a pragmatic necessity.


    17- Futureproofing and Architectural Planning

    Architecting software with futureproofing in mind can delay obsolescence. Modular designs, robust APIs, and scalable infrastructures reduce the likelihood of early retirement. Yet, even the best architectures cannot guarantee eternal relevance.

    Michael Nygard’s Release It! advocates designing for resilience and graceful degradation. By anticipating eventual decline, architects can design systems that degrade gracefully rather than collapse suddenly.


    18- Ethical Considerations

    Beyond profitability, ethical questions arise when discontinuing software that supports critical services or vulnerable populations. Abandoning such products without transition plans can have severe societal impacts.

    James Moor’s writings on computer ethics emphasize the moral responsibility of technologists to consider broader human consequences. Ethical exits require transparency, support, and adequate notice to minimize harm.


    19- Opportunity Costs and Strategic Reallocation

    Sunsetting frees resources that can be redirected to innovative projects or emerging market opportunities. This strategic reallocation is crucial for organizational agility and long-term growth.

    Peter Drucker’s Innovation and Entrepreneurship suggests that knowing when to abandon unviable projects is as important as knowing when to start new ones. Recognizing opportunity costs enables forward-thinking reinvestment.


    20- Lessons for the Future

    The decline of software products offers valuable lessons for future ventures. It teaches humility, strategic foresight, and the importance of customer trust. Each sunset can illuminate paths for more sustainable and impactful technological journeys.

    As Nassim Nicholas Taleb describes in Antifragile, systems that learn from failures become stronger over time. Companies that treat software sunsets as learning opportunities can build more resilient and adaptable product portfolios.


    21- What “software legacy” means

    The term “software legacy” refers to systems or applications that continue to exist and function long after their creators intended. While often viewed negatively — implying outdated code, compatibility headaches, and high maintenance costs — legacy software also carries historical, technical, and even cultural significance. It embodies the decisions, constraints, and design philosophies of its era, serving as a digital time capsule.

    As Brian Kernighan famously said, “Controlling complexity is the essence of computer programming.” Legacy software stands as a testament to this struggle, revealing the trade-offs between innovation and maintainability. Books such as Clean Architecture by Robert C. Martin further illuminate how architectural decisions made today become the legacies of tomorrow.


    22- Software often becomes most popular or widely marketed when it is already technologically obsolete or approaching end-of-life

    It is an ironic twist that software frequently reaches peak popularity precisely when it is technologically outdated. Driven by heavy marketing campaigns or institutional inertia, products continue to gain traction even as they are being internally phased out. This phenomenon can be attributed to brand loyalty, sunk cost, and a reluctance to change.

    Marshall McLuhan’s idea that “the medium is the message” applies here; the perception shaped by marketing can overshadow technical deficiencies. Despite lacking modern features or security safeguards, such software rides a final wave of market enthusiasm before its inevitable sunset.


    23- Why understanding software life cycles matters today (rapid tech shifts, increasing cloud/SaaS reliance, etc.)

    In today’s fast-paced digital environment, characterized by rapid technological shifts and the dominance of cloud and SaaS models, understanding software life cycles is more crucial than ever. New paradigms demand continuous adaptation and constant re-evaluation of technological investments.

    Moreover, dependencies on legacy systems can create hidden liabilities. As articulated in The Phoenix Project by Gene Kim, IT systems must evolve in step with business needs to avoid bottlenecks and security vulnerabilities. Awareness of life cycles ensures proactive planning rather than reactive crisis management.


    24- The Life Cycle of Software

    The software life cycle is a conceptual model that describes the stages software undergoes from inception to retirement. It encompasses design, development, growth, maturity, decline, and end-of-life phases, each requiring different strategies and resources.

    While the cycle may appear linear, in reality, it is often iterative, with feedback loops that inform future versions or entirely new products. Understanding this dynamic helps organizations allocate resources wisely and manage risks effectively, as explained in Software Engineering by Ian Sommerville.


    25- Birth: Idea, development, initial adoption

    The birth phase is a period of creativity and exploration. Developers and stakeholders craft visions and turn abstract ideas into functional prototypes. Enthusiasm runs high as teams validate concepts and attract early adopters who shape the product’s first iterations.

    Early adoption serves as a crucial feedback mechanism, helping refine usability and functionality. This phase also establishes the foundational code architecture that, for better or worse, will influence the product’s entire lifespan. As noted by Eric Ries in The Lean Startup, learning from initial user feedback is indispensable for sustainable growth.


    26- Growth: Widespread adoption, expansion of features, community building

    During the growth stage, the focus shifts to capturing market share and expanding capabilities. Marketing campaigns intensify, and user communities blossom, contributing plugins, extensions, and ideas. Feature roadmaps become ambitious, sometimes at the expense of technical stability.

    This period often results in technical debt accumulation as speed is prioritized over quality. A vibrant community, however, can act as a double-edged sword: while it strengthens brand loyalty, it also raises expectations that can be difficult to meet in later stages.


    27- Maturity: Peak market penetration, stable user base, incremental improvements

    At maturity, software reaches its zenith in terms of user base and market saturation. Development efforts turn to polishing features, optimizing performance, and offering robust support rather than radical innovation. Incremental improvements keep the product relevant without drastically altering user experiences.

    Yet, this stability may mask looming challenges. Competitors start offering newer, more efficient solutions, and maintaining interest without disruptive changes becomes a delicate balancing act. As Jim Collins writes in Good to Great, “Good is the enemy of great” — a cautionary reminder that comfort can hinder progress.


    28- Decline: Technological stagnation, competitors emerge, decreasing relevance

    Decline is characterized by technological stagnation and eroding relevance as competitors introduce superior alternatives. Bug fixes replace innovation, and marketing budgets dwindle. Users begin migrating to newer platforms, and community engagement drops sharply.

    This phase also tests leadership resolve: whether to invest in rejuvenation, pivot to new products, or prepare for a graceful exit. The emotional toll on teams is considerable, as they must witness their creation fall out of favor despite their dedication and effort.


    29- End of life: Official support ends, security and compatibility issues arise

    End of life (EOL) marks the official cessation of support and development. Security vulnerabilities and compatibility issues proliferate, forcing remaining users to transition or assume significant risks.

    A responsible EOL plan should include clear communication, transition guides, and data migration support to reduce disruption. The absence of such measures can damage brand trust irreparably and expose users to serious operational threats.


    30- The Irony of Popularity Near the End

    A curious irony often arises when software receives a surge in popularity as it nears obsolescence. Institutional momentum, familiarity, and aggressive marketing efforts create the illusion of vitality, even as internal teams prepare for discontinuation.

    This late-stage popularity acts as a double-edged sword: it offers a final revenue surge but also complicates the transition strategy. As Niccolò Machiavelli famously warned, “The wise man does at once what the fool does finally.” Organizations must resist the temptation to misinterpret this final popularity as long-term viability.


    31- Case studies of software that gained mass popularity or marketing push close to end-of-life

    Adobe Flash is perhaps the most famous example. Despite being technologically outdated, it continued to be widely used and marketed until its abrupt demise in 2020. Similarly, Windows 7 enjoyed a late surge in popularity, driven by user resistance to Windows 8, even though Microsoft had announced EOL plans.

    AngularJS also experienced a paradoxical push in adoption despite its announced deprecation. These cases highlight the tension between market forces and technical realities and illustrate the high stakes involved in transitioning user bases.


    32- Marketing vs. technical viability: how marketing can prolong life artificially

    Marketing campaigns can artificially extend a product’s life, painting a vibrant image of its relevance even when it is technically lagging. Promotional tactics leverage emotional connections, brand loyalty, and perceived stability to keep customers engaged.

    However, this approach is ultimately unsustainable. As Seth Godin explains in This Is Marketing, authentic value must underlie promotion. Prolonging an obsolete product through marketing alone often backfires, leading to disillusionment and rapid loss of trust once the façade cracks.


    33- Psychological factors: fear of change, comfort with legacy systems

    Human psychology heavily influences software longevity. Fear of change, cognitive inertia, and comfort with familiar systems discourage users from adopting newer solutions. Organizations, too, cling to legacy systems to avoid short-term disruptions, even at the cost of long-term risks.

    Daniel Kahneman’s Thinking, Fast and Slow explores how biases like loss aversion and status quo bias shape decision-making. Overcoming these psychological hurdles requires education, clear incentives, and strong leadership.


    34- Business Incentives vs. Technical Realities

    Business leaders often prioritize immediate revenue and market stability over technical debt reduction and future-proofing. This misalignment fosters environments where legacy software is maintained far beyond its logical lifespan.

    Peter Drucker emphasized that “management is doing things right; leadership is doing the right things.” Aligning business incentives with technical realities demands strategic courage and a willingness to invest in long-term health over short-term gains.


    35- Why companies continue to market or sell legacy software

    Companies continue to market legacy software because it provides consistent revenue streams, especially from large, risk-averse enterprise customers. Maintaining a familiar platform reduces churn and preserves relationships with long-standing clients.

    Moreover, support contracts and certification requirements lock in customers, making transitions financially and operationally unattractive. This reliance becomes a self-perpetuating cycle that discourages innovation and accelerates obsolescence.


    36- Revenue streams from maintenance, extended support contracts, and add-on services

    Legacy software often generates lucrative income from maintenance fees, extended support contracts, and ancillary services. These steady revenue streams appeal to stakeholders focused on financial predictability rather than technological excellence.

    While profitable, this approach can stifle innovation and tie up resources that could otherwise fund new initiatives. Books like Blue Ocean Strategy encourage shifting from saturated markets to create new value propositions rather than squeezing existing products dry.


    37- Technical debt and sunk cost fallacies on the customer side

    Customers also fall prey to sunk cost fallacies, clinging to outdated systems due to the investments already made in licenses, integrations, and training. This irrational commitment perpetuates reliance on fragile, outdated software.

    Technical debt compounds the problem, making modernization prohibitively complex and expensive. As highlighted in The DevOps Handbook, technical debt, if not addressed proactively, becomes a silent tax on future innovation and agility.


    38- Impact on Users and Developers

    Legacy software impacts users by exposing them to security risks and compliance violations, while developers face the demoralizing task of patching archaic code instead of building innovative features. This environment can cause frustration and burnout.

    Additionally, maintaining outdated systems limits skill growth among IT teams, reducing their market competitiveness. The opportunity cost extends beyond the immediate product, affecting career trajectories and organizational agility.


    39- Risks of sticking to legacy software (security vulnerabilities, compliance issues)

    Reliance on legacy systems significantly increases exposure to security breaches and compliance failures. Unsupported software lacks critical updates, making it a prime target for cyberattacks.

    Moreover, regulatory requirements often demand up-to-date security practices and data handling standards. Organizations that ignore these obligations risk penalties, legal consequences, and irreparable damage to their reputations.


    40- Skills stagnation among developers or IT teams

    Long-term focus on maintaining legacy systems stagnates developers’ skills, depriving them of exposure to modern frameworks, cloud architectures, and advanced security practices. Over time, these teams lose relevance in a fast-evolving job market.

    Organizations face compounded risks as experienced engineers retire, leaving knowledge gaps that exacerbate maintenance challenges. Continuous upskilling and modernization are essential to retain talent and sustain technical resilience.


    41- Impact on innovation and tech ecosystems

    Widespread reliance on legacy software dampens broader industry innovation. Resources that could nurture groundbreaking ideas are siphoned into maintaining old systems, slowing overall progress.

    This stifling effect echoes through entire ecosystems, affecting partners, integrators, and dependent startups. As Joseph Schumpeter noted, “Creative destruction is the essential fact about capitalism.” Avoiding necessary renewal ultimately undermines collective growth and adaptability.


    42- Software Legacy and Cultural Value

    Over time, some software transcends mere utility to become cultural artifacts. Tools like Winamp or early Photoshop versions evoke nostalgia, representing formative digital experiences for entire generations.

    Such products reflect societal shifts in creativity, communication, and entertainment, earning places in technological folklore. They highlight the emotional and historical layers that shape our relationships with technology.


    43- When software becomes more than a tool: cultural artifacts

    When software becomes culturally significant, it ceases to be a mere productivity tool and becomes an emblem of identity and shared experience. These artifacts inspire community-driven preservation efforts and memorialization.

    For example, emulators and online archives ensure that classic software remains accessible, fostering a sense of continuity and digital heritage. Books like The New Analog by Damon Krukowski explore how technology carries emotional and cultural resonance beyond functionality.


    44- Nostalgia-driven marketing and “revival” movements

    Companies sometimes leverage nostalgia to rekindle interest in legacy products, launching retro editions or “throwback” marketing campaigns. This strategy appeals to emotional memory rather than technical merit.

    While effective in the short term, nostalgia-driven revivals rarely sustain long-term engagement unless coupled with substantive modernization. As Simon Sinek argues in Start With Why, enduring loyalty is built on shared values, not mere sentimentality.


    45- Open-source resurrection and community-driven forks

    Open-source communities often revive abandoned software through forks and community maintenance. This approach extends the software’s life beyond corporate interests, empowering users to shape its evolution.

    Examples include LibreOffice emerging from OpenOffice and the continued survival of classic gaming engines. These efforts exemplify Eric Raymond’s assertion in The Cathedral and the Bazaar that “given enough eyeballs, all bugs are shallow,” celebrating collective stewardship.


    46- Planning for a Software “Afterlife”

    Thoughtful end-of-life planning mitigates disruption and preserves goodwill. Clear EOL policies, robust migration paths, and extended community support help transition users smoothly, maintaining trust and operational continuity.

    Proactive planning also honors the product’s legacy, providing a dignified conclusion rather than an abrupt termination. As described in Site Reliability Engineering by Google’s SRE team, graceful degradation is critical to user experience and brand reputation.


    47- Strategies for graceful sunsets: clear EOL policies, migration paths, community support

    Graceful sunsets require transparency, empathy, and foresight. Announcing EOL timelines well in advance, providing detailed migration guides, and enabling community support channels ensure users feel supported rather than abandoned.

    These strategies demonstrate respect for users’ investments and foster goodwill that can benefit future products. A well-managed sunset can transform a potential reputational crisis into an opportunity for positive brand reinforcement.


    48- Data portability and long-term archival

    Ensuring data portability is a moral and practical imperative during software shutdowns. Users should retain control over their data, with clear mechanisms for exporting and migrating it to new platforms.

    Additionally, long-term archival solutions preserve data integrity for future needs, such as audits or historical research. As emphasized in Data and Goliath by Bruce Schneier, data stewardship is a cornerstone of digital trust and responsibility.


    49- Encouraging adoption of modern alternatives

    Facilitating transitions to modern alternatives prevents user lock-in and reduces systemic risks. Providing training resources, migration incentives, and compatibility tools smooths the transition and strengthens ecosystem resilience.

    Forward-thinking organizations embrace this approach as an investment in future loyalty rather than a loss of immediate revenue. By guiding users toward safer, more innovative solutions, companies reinforce their commitment to customer success.


    50- Lessons for Future Software Design and Marketing

    The end-of-life narratives of legacy software offer vital lessons: design for adaptability, embrace continuous modernization, and prioritize transparency over short-term gains. Marketing should amplify genuine value rather than obscure technical shortcomings.

    Future software initiatives should be built with lifecycle awareness, architectural resilience, and ethical user stewardship in mind. As Alan Kay wisely stated, “The best way to predict the future is to invent it.” By integrating these lessons, organizations can craft technologies that not only succeed but leave meaningful legacies.


    The Legacy of Software: When Popularity Masks the End

    Introduction

    In technology, we often celebrate the birth of new software — those exciting launches filled with promise and possibility. We also watch as certain products grow to dominate their space, shaping industries and influencing millions of lives.

    But what happens when a piece of software quietly nears its end, even as it continues to be marketed and used widely? What happens to all the time, money, and passion invested when the world inevitably moves on?

    This is the paradox of software: it can be most popular and heavily promoted precisely at the moment it is technologically obsolete underneath. As someone who lived this experience through the rise and fall of FoxPro and Visual FoxPro, I’d like to explore what it means to build, maintain, and ultimately say goodbye to software — and what we can learn from its legacy.


    My Journey with FoxPro: A Personal Perspective

    When I look back at my journey as a software developer, some of my most intense and rewarding years were spent working with FoxPro and later Visual FoxPro. Back then, FoxPro was more than just a tool — it was a powerful companion that let me bring ideas to life quickly and deliver real value to businesses.

    I remember the excitement of designing forms, building data-driven applications, and seeing them make a real difference in clients’ day-to-day operations. FoxPro was fast, flexible, and remarkably ahead of its time in terms of database handling. For a while, it felt like it would last forever.

    I invested countless hours — learning its quirks, refining my code, building reusable libraries, and developing entire systems that powered critical business processes. It wasn’t just a job; it was a craft I took pride in, and each project felt like a personal achievement.

    I still remember late nights spent debugging data anomalies, the joy of a smooth deployment, and the satisfaction of hearing from a client that their operations were running more efficiently because of something I had built. These moments created a deep sense of connection to my work.

    But as the years passed, the software landscape began to shift. New languages, frameworks, and paradigms emerged, promising better integration with the web, cross-platform capabilities, and scalable architectures. The push toward cloud-based applications, open-source ecosystems, and rapid iteration cycles made FoxPro feel increasingly isolated.

    Microsoft’s announcement to discontinue Visual FoxPro felt like a slow-motion blow. At first, there was hope: maybe the community could keep it alive, maybe there would be an unexpected revival. But reality settled in as support timelines expired, developer communities shrank, and new developers no longer learned the tools I had spent years mastering.

    The official support ended, and overnight, years of accumulated knowledge, effort, and intellectual property felt obsolete. Systems I had poured my heart into became “legacy” almost instantly — a word that sounds dignified but often hides a deeper pain for developers who built them.

    It wasn’t only about lost revenue or technical debt. There was a deeper, more personal sense of loss — like watching a trusted companion grow old and fade away, knowing that no amount of expertise or love could bring it back into mainstream relevance.

    For many developers like me, this experience was a harsh but important lesson: no software is forever, no matter how good or how widely adopted it is today. It taught me the importance of adaptability, of continuously learning new tools and technologies, and of designing systems that can evolve rather than stay frozen in time.

    It also taught me humility — realizing that the value we create in software isn’t just in the lines of code, but in the ability to solve problems for people today, even if tomorrow those solutions will need to evolve or be replaced.

    In retrospect, while the investments in FoxPro may seem “lost” on paper, they were invaluable in shaping how I approach software today — with a respect for impermanence, an openness to change, and a deeper empathy for both users and developers caught in the churn of technological progress.


    The Life Cycle of Software: From Birth to End of Life

    Every piece of software goes through a natural life cycle:

    • Birth: An idea turns into a product, often targeting a specific problem or market niche.
    • Growth: Adoption grows, features expand, and the community strengthens.
    • Maturity: The software becomes stable, widely used, and trusted.
    • Decline: Newer technologies emerge, innovation stalls, and usage starts to shrink.
    • End of life (EOL): Official support ends, and the software is left to fade — or live on as a legacy system.

    Ironically, it’s often during maturity and decline that software can appear most successful to the outside world. Companies may continue heavy marketing, training, and selling, even as internally they prepare to move on. This disconnect can leave developers and businesses unprepared for the eventual end.


    Business Incentives vs. Technical Realities

    Companies have strong reasons to keep legacy software alive as long as possible. Revenue from maintenance contracts, support fees, and licensing can be significant. Meanwhile, customers are often reluctant to migrate because of sunk costs and the fear of breaking something that “still works.”

    This tension between commercial success and technical viability can result in a product that looks healthy from the outside but is running on borrowed time underneath.


    Lessons for Future Software Design and Marketing

    Design for Change, Not Permanence

    Software is not a monument; it’s a living organism. We should design systems to be modular, decoupled, and adaptable — able to evolve as business needs and technologies change.

    Communicate Honestly About Lifecycle

    Honesty with users about a product’s future builds trust. Instead of stringing customers along, vendors should provide clear roadmaps, realistic sunset plans, and transparent support timelines.

    Invest in Skills, Not Just Tools

    As I learned from FoxPro, investing in a single tool can leave you vulnerable when the market shifts. Building fundamental skills — system design, architecture thinking, problem-solving — ensures long-term resilience.

    Embrace Community and Open Source

    When possible, open source communities can extend a software’s life or inspire new forks. While Visual FoxPro never fully succeeded here, many other projects (like MySQL, Kubernetes, and countless others) show what’s possible when the community takes ownership.

    Plan for a Graceful Exit

    Responsible software development includes planning for an eventual end. Offer migration guides, keep data export easy, and support users through transitions. A well-planned exit can preserve trust and minimize disruption.


    Conclusion: Honoring the True Legacy

    When I look back at FoxPro today, I don’t see wasted effort. I see an era of learning, of solving real problems, of growth. The software may have ended, but the lessons and the relationships built around it continue to shape me as a developer and as a thinker.

    We often talk about software “legacy” in terms of outdated code and technical debt, but its true legacy lies in the human stories behind it — the nights spent debugging, the pride in delivering solutions, and the resilience to start over when the world inevitably moves on.

    If we can remember these stories and build with this awareness, we can create software — and careers — that are not just relevant for today, but also resilient for tomorrow.


    A Final Reflection

    “Legacy is not just about old code left behind; it’s about the imprint it leaves on those who built it and those who used it. If we carry forward the wisdom, no effort is ever truly lost.”


    Call to Action

    As you build or maintain software today, ask yourself:
    ✅ Are you designing for adaptability?
    ✅ Are you preparing for an eventual transition?
    ✅ Are you investing in people and skills beyond the tools?

    Because ultimately, the true legacy of your software isn’t the code you leave behind — it’s the impact you make and the lessons you carry forward.

    Conclusion

    In tracing the arc from birth to decline, we recognize that software mirrors our own human narratives of ambition, success, decline, and remembrance. While marketing can momentarily prolong its life, software ultimately stands or falls on its technical merit, user trust, and cultural resonance.

    Understanding and respecting software life cycles empower us to create products that serve not just commercial goals but societal and historical ones as well. By designing with foresight and retiring with dignity, we leave behind not mere code but enduring stories of innovation and human creativity.

    The life of software is a microcosm of the human condition: ambitious beginnings, glorious peaks, inevitable declines, and lasting legacies. While marketing can extend a product’s lifespan, it cannot grant immortality. Effort, investment, and emotional attachments inevitably dissolve when the final update is pushed and support pages go dark.

    By acknowledging the impermanence of software, we cultivate more mindful practices in design, marketing, and sunsetting. We honor the past, serve the present, and prepare for the future — all while remembering that no software, no matter how revolutionary, is exempt from the fundamental truth: all things must pass.

    Bibliography

    1. Ian Sommerville. Software Engineering. Pearson, 10th Edition, 2015.
    2. Robert C. Martin. Clean Architecture: A Craftsman’s Guide to Software Structure and Design. Prentice Hall, 2017.
    3. Eric Ries. The Lean Startup: How Today’s Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically Successful Businesses. Crown Business, 2011.
    4. Gene Kim, Kevin Behr, George Spafford. The Phoenix Project: A Novel About IT, DevOps, and Helping Your Business Win. IT Revolution Press, 2013.
    5. Jim Collins. Good to Great: Why Some Companies Make the Leap… and Others Don’t. HarperBusiness, 2001.
    6. Daniel Kahneman. Thinking, Fast and Slow. Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2011.
    7. Peter Drucker. The Effective Executive: The Definitive Guide to Getting the Right Things Done. HarperBusiness, 2006.
    8. W. Chan Kim, Renée Mauborgne. Blue Ocean Strategy: How to Create Uncontested Market Space and Make the Competition Irrelevant. Harvard Business Review Press, 2015.
    9. Gene Kim, Jez Humble, Patrick Debois, John Willis. The DevOps Handbook: How to Create World-Class Agility, Reliability, and Security in Technology Organizations. IT Revolution Press, 2016.
    10. Eric Raymond. The Cathedral & the Bazaar: Musings on Linux and Open Source by an Accidental Revolutionary. O’Reilly Media, 2001.
    11. Bruce Schneier. Data and Goliath: The Hidden Battles to Collect Your Data and Control Your World. W. W. Norton & Company, 2015.
    12. Simon Sinek. Start With Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action. Portfolio, 2009.
    13. Seth Godin. This Is Marketing: You Can’t Be Seen Until You Learn to See. Portfolio, 2018.
    14. Damon Krukowski. The New Analog: Listening and Reconnecting in a Digital World. The New Press, 2017.
    15. Nicole Forsgren, Jez Humble, Gene Kim. Accelerate: The Science of Lean Software and DevOps: Building and Scaling High Performing Technology Organizations. IT Revolution Press, 2018.
    16. Benjamin Treynor Sloss (ed.). Site Reliability Engineering: How Google Runs Production Systems. O’Reilly Media, 2016.
    17. Alan Kay. Various essays and interviews on software design and innovation. (Referenced for philosophy rather than a single book.)

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • A Grammar of the English Tense System

    A Grammar of the English Tense System

    This source offers a comprehensive analysis of the English tense system, focusing on Standard British English while noting occasional differences with American English. It meticulously defines core linguistic concepts like “situation” (action, event, process, or state), “clause,” and “predicate,” providing detailed explanations of grammatical aspect (how verb forms represent a situation’s internal temporal structure) and ontological aspect (lexical features of situation types). The text further distinguishes between absolute and relative tenses, explaining how they establish and expand temporal domains by relating situations to the temporal zero-point (t0) or other orientation times. Finally, it explores the nuanced interplay of tenses with temporal adverbials and conjunctions like “when,” “before,” and “after,” highlighting the complex factors influencing temporal interpretations in various clause structures.

    The English Tense System: A Comprehensive Study

    The English tense system is a complex and comprehensive area of study that focuses on how verb forms are used to locate situations in time.

    Here’s a detailed discussion of the English tense system:

    1. Definition of Tense

    • Tense is a linguistic concept, referring to the form taken by the verb to locate the actualization of a situation in time. It expresses the temporal relation between the time of the situation in question and an orientation time.
    • It is crucial to distinguish tense from ‘time’, as time is an extralinguistic category that exists independently of language. Tense is a grammatical category that combines grammatical form and meaning.
    • A tense is the pairing of a morpho-syntactic form with a meaning, which is the specification of the temporal location of a situation.
    • Every tense expresses a tense structure, which is a blueprint for locating a situation in time, minimally involving a situation time, an orientation time, and a temporal relation between them.

    2. Expression of Tense in English

    • In English, only finite verb forms are tensed. They are marked for tense and potentially other grammatical categories like mood, person, and number.
    • Many linguists traditionally hold that English has only two tenses (present and past) because this is the only distinction expressed morphologically (by verb endings or substitutive forms for strong verbs). However, the sources argue that tense can also be expressed by auxiliaries.
    • Complex tense forms involve one or more auxiliaries, and it is the first auxiliary (the operator) that is marked for tense. Examples include have (for perfect tenses) and will (for future tenses).

    3. Key Temporal Concepts

    • Temporal Zero-Point (t0): This is the ultimate origin of all temporal relations expressed by a tense, usually speech time. English conceives of t0 as punctual (nondurative).
    • Orientation Time: Any time to which the time of a situation can be related by a tense form. Types include t0, situation times, times contained in adverbials, and implicit times in temporal conjunctions.
    • Situation Time: This refers to the time of the ‘predicated situation’ – the part of the ‘full situation’ that is actually located in time by the tense used. Tenses locate situation times, not necessarily the entire ‘full situation’.
    • Full Situation vs. Predicated Situation: The full situation is the complete situation as it actualized in the world, while the predicated situation is the portion located in time by the tense. The predicated situation may be shorter than the full situation, especially if the situation is homogeneous (nonbounded).

    4. Types of Tenses The sources categorize tenses based on how they relate to the temporal zero-point (t0) and other orientation times:

    • Absolute Tenses: These tenses relate the time of a situation directly to t0. They also establish a temporal domain.
    • Present Tense: Locates the situation time as coinciding with t0.
    • Absolute Past Tense (Preterite): Locates the situation time in the past time-sphere.
    • Present Perfect: Locates the situation time in the pre-present zone (a period leading up to t0 but not including it).
    • Future Tense: Locates a situation time in the post-present zone.
    • Relative Tenses: These tenses express a temporal relation between the situation time and an orientation time other than t0. They expand an already established temporal domain.
    • Relative Past Tense: Expresses T-simultaneity (strict coincidence) with an orientation time in a past domain.
    • Past Perfect (Pluperfect): Expresses that the situation time is anterior to another orientation time in a past temporal domain.
    • Conditional Tense: Expresses T-posteriority to an orientation time in a past domain.
    • Absolute-Relative Tenses: These tenses both establish a domain and indicate a relation within it. The future perfect (will have V-en) is a primary example.
    • Complex Relative Tenses: Involve three or more temporal relations (e.g., was going to have left).
    • Pseudo-Absolute Tense Forms: This refers to the special use of absolute tenses (past, present perfect, present, future) to relate a situation time to a ‘pseudo-zero-point’ (a post-present binding orientation time treated as if it were t0) rather than the real t0. They function like relative tenses by expressing a T-relation within an already established domain. The Pseudo-t0-System specifically uses these tenses to expand a post-present domain.

    5. Temporal Domains and Time-Spheres

    • Time-Spheres: The English tense system implies a mental division of time into two ‘time-spheres’: the past time-sphere and the present time-sphere (also called nonpast). This distinction is reflected in the presence of either a past or nonpast (present) tense morpheme in all tenses; there is no future tense morpheme.
    • The past time-sphere lies wholly before t0 and is disconnected from it.
    • The present time-sphere includes t0 and extends indefinitely on either side.
    • Time-Zones: The present time-sphere is further divided into three zones:
    • Present Zone: Coincides with t0.
    • Pre-Present Zone: Leads up to t0 but does not include it. The present perfect locates situations in this zone.
    • Post-Present Zone: Begins immediately after t0. The future tense and futurish forms locate situations here.
    • Absolute Zones: These are the four zones (past, pre-present, present, post-present) that are defined in direct relation to t0. Tenses that locate situations in these zones are absolute tenses.
    • Temporal Domain: A set of orientation times that are temporally related to each other by tenses. A domain is typically established by an absolute tense and can be expanded by one or more relative tenses.
    • Temporal Subdomain: When a temporal domain is expanded, each new situation time introduced can become the central orientation time of a domain-within-a-domain, called a temporal subdomain. Rules for expanding a past domain apply recursively to subdomains.

    6. Distinctions from Aspect and Mood

    • Aspect: Focuses on how the speaker views the internal temporal structure of a situation (e.g., as a whole, ongoing, repetitive).
    • Grammatical Aspect: Systematically expressed by special verb markers (e.g., progressive form be + V-ing for progressive meaning, and auxiliaries will, would, used to for habituality).
    • Lexical Aspect (Aktionsart): Inherent characteristics of a situation determined by the verb phrase’s lexical material (e.g., durative vs. punctual, telic vs. atelic, static vs. dynamic).
    • Actualization Aspect: Distinction between bounded and nonbounded representations of actualizing situations.
    • Tense is distinct from aspect: There are no progressive tenses; progressivity is a matter of aspect that combines with tensed forms. The “perfect” is a category of tense, while “perfective” is a category of aspect, and they should not be confused.
    • Mood and Modality: Modality refers to the semantic category expressing the speaker’s assessment of likelihood or factors affecting actualization (e.g., volition, possibility). Mood is a grammatical category referring to the systematic use of lexical verb forms (indicative, imperative, subjunctive) to express modal meaning. Tenses can have modal uses, where they do not express their usual temporal relations.

    7. Temporal Relations and Interpretation

    • T-relations (Tense relations): Temporal relations explicitly expressed by tense forms. These include T-simultaneity (strict coincidence), T-anteriority, and T-posteriority.
    • W-relations (World relations): Temporal relations that are inferred pragmatically from the linguistic and nonlinguistic context, rather than being explicitly expressed by tenses. W-simultaneity, unlike T-simultaneity, is a less rigid relation and can include overlap or inclusion.
    • Adv-time-relations: Relations between an adverbially specified time interval (Adv-time) and an orientation time, characterized by ‘containment’ (inclusion or coincidence).

    8. Special Uses and Complexities

    • Shift of Temporal Perspective: A marked use of tense where a situation is represented as if it were in a different time-zone than its actual location, often for dramatic effect or to convey specific connotations (e.g., historic present, “They leave tomorrow” for a pre-determined future event).
    • Temporal Focus: The time a speaker chooses to emphasize through tense choice. This can be unmarked (fitting discourse context or highlighting present relevance) or marked (shifting focus for specific purposes).
    • Interaction with Temporal Adverbials: Temporal adverbials specify Adv-times that contain situation times or other orientation times, influencing tense choice and interpretation. The choice between the past tense and present perfect often depends on whether the speaker is concerned with ‘NOW’ (present perfect) or ‘THEN’ (past tense) in relation to adverbials.

    This comprehensive analysis provides the conceptual groundwork for understanding the workings of the English tense system.

    Temporal Relations in English: Tense, World, and Adverbials

    The English tense system is fundamentally concerned with establishing temporal relations to locate situations in time. These relations are crucial for understanding how verb forms map the actualization of situations onto a conceptual timeline. The sources distinguish three primary kinds of temporal relations that contribute to the overall temporal interpretation of a sentence or discourse: T-relations (Tense-relations), W-relations (World-relations), and Adv-time-relations (Adverbially indicated time relations).

    T-relations (Tense-relations)

    T-relations are temporal relations explicitly expressed by tense forms. They form the core semantic structure of a tense.

    There are three fundamental types of T-relations:

    • T-simultaneity: This relation represents the situation time (the time of the predicated situation) as strictly coinciding with an orientation time. It is a unidirectional relation, meaning the bound situation time derives its temporal specification from the binding orientation time, not vice-versa. For instance, in “Meg said that she was feeling ill,” “was feeling” expresses T-simultaneity with “said,” meaning the punctual situation time of “feeling ill” coincides with the punctual situation time of “saying,” even if the full situation of feeling ill is much longer. T-simultaneity is considered the unmarked T-relation.
    • T-anteriority: This represents the situation time as preceding the orientation time. This can be either:
    • The situation time lies at some distance before the orientation time (e.g., “I knew I had locked the door”).
    • The situation time begins before the orientation time and leads right up to it (e.g., “We had been friends for years [before Gertie and I went to Iceland]”).
    • T-posteriority: This represents the situation time as following the orientation time. This can also be in two ways:
    • The situation time lies completely after the binding orientation time (e.g., “I promised I would do it the next day”).
    • The situation time begins immediately after the binding orientation time (e.g., “He said that from then onwards he would call me Jim”).

    T-relations are crucial for expanding temporal domains, where a relative tense relates a situation time to an orientation time other than the temporal zero-point (t0) within an already established domain.

    W-relations (World-relations)

    W-relations are temporal relations that are inferred pragmatically from contextual information and general knowledge of the world, rather than being explicitly expressed by tense forms or temporal adverbials.

    • Unlike T-simultaneity, W-simultaneity is a less rigid relation and can involve coincidence, overlap, or inclusion. For example, in “Meg went to the doctor. She felt ill,” the past tenses don’t express a temporal relation between the two situations, but our world knowledge suggests the feeling ill preceded and continued during the doctor’s visit (overlap/inclusion).
    • W-relations typically hold between the times of full situations, which encompass the complete actualization of a situation, as opposed to the more abstract “situation time” that tenses locate.
    • W-relations include W-anteriority, W-posteriority, and W-simultaneity. An example of W-anteriority is inferring that “John’s accident” must have been “W-anterior to his telling me about it” in “John told me he was involved in an accident in France”. Similarly, the conditional tense can refer to a situation that is “W-posterior to t0” even though the tense morphology reflects a past domain.

    Adv-time-relations

    Adv-time-relations are temporal relations expressed by temporal adverbials (e.g., “at six o’clock,” “yesterday”).

    • These relations are always a type of “containment,” meaning the adverbially specified time interval (Adv-time) either includes or coincides with the orientation time (which can be a situation time or another orientation time) it specifies.
    • This containment relation is referred to as Adv-time-simultaneity.
    • Adv-time-simultaneity is distinct from T-simultaneity (as it’s not expressed by a tense) and W-simultaneity (as it allows for proper inclusion, not just overlap or coincidence). If there are multiple Adv-times in a clause, their relation is also Adv-time-simultaneity, typically inclusion, with the shortest Adv-time containing the situation time.
    • Unlike T-relations, there is no “Adv-time-anteriority” or “Adv-time-posteriority”; only containment is expressed.

    Interaction and Special Cases

    The overall temporal interpretation of a clause or discourse is a result of the intricate interplay between T-relations, W-relations, and Adv-time-relations, as well as factors like aspect and pragmatic considerations. For example, the (non)boundedness of situations, which refers to whether an actualization is represented as reaching a terminal point, heavily influences the “unmarked temporal interpretation” of sequences of clauses without explicit temporal links. Bounded clauses tend to be interpreted sequentially, nonbounded ones as simultaneous, and a mix often implies inclusion.

    A notable complexity is “pseudo-sloppy simultaneity” in when-clauses. This occurs when a present tense form expresses T-simultaneity, but the “when-clause situation” is not truly W-simultaneous with the “head clause situation” (e.g., “When John receives your letter, he will phone the police”). This is explained by the intricate temporal structure of “when,” which involves a “common Adv-time” containing both the head clause and when-clause orientation times, rather than a direct T-relation between the two situations. It differs from “sloppy simultaneity” (where a T-simultaneity tense is used metaphorically for a logical link despite non-simultaneous W-relations, as in some conditionals) because it arises from the specific semantic structure of “when” rather than a purely metaphorical use of the tense itself.

    English Verb Phrases: Situation Types and Actualization

    In the study of English verb phrases, “situation type” refers to the classification of what can be expressed by a clause. More precisely, a “situation” is a cover term for anything that can be expressed by a sentence or clause, such as an action, an event, a process, or a state. The “actualization” of a situation refers to its taking place or being in place.

    It’s important to distinguish between “situation-templates” and “situation types.”

    • A situation-template is a more abstract entity denoted by a verb, verb phrase (VP), or predicate constituent, representing a schematic sort of situation without reference to a concrete actualization.
    • A finite clause (containing a subject and a predicate constituent) denotes a fully-fledged situation and, when uttered, refers to a particular actualization of that situation in the real or an extralinguistic world.

    While these distinctions are precise, the sources often use “situation” and “refer to” in a simplified, “sloppy” way, allowing clauses and even verb phrases to be described as “referring to situations”.

    Ontological Aspect (Lexical Aspect or Aktionsart)

    Situation types are classified based on ontological features, which are inherent characteristics of a kind of situation as linguistically represented by a verb phrase. These features are often binary (e.g., static vs. dynamic) and are inherent in the lexical meaning of the verb or verb phrase. They are crucial for understanding the meaning and use of tenses and (non)progressive forms.

    Key ontological features include:

    • Static vs. Dynamic:
    • A static situation (state) is conceived of as existing, unchanging, and homogeneous throughout its duration, not requiring a continuous input of energy. Examples include “Bill was a rich man” or “I believe he is right”. Verbs that only refer to states are called static situation verbs or state verbs (e.g., seem, contain, know, consist of). Habits are also considered states.
    • A dynamic situation (nonstatic) involves change and typically requires an input of energy to actualize or continue. It can be punctual or durative. Examples include “John is walking” or “Bill will write a novel”.
    • Agentive vs. Nonagentive:
    • An agentive situation-template requires an agent (animate entity responsible for the actualization, usually intentionally). For example, “Sylvia shouted” is agentive, whereas “Sylvia looks determined” is nonagentive.
    • A nonagentive situation does not involve an agent.
    • Homogeneous vs. Heterogeneous:
    • A durative situation is homogeneous if all its parts are of the same kind as the whole. For example, “John drank beer” is homogeneous because any portion of the drinking can also be described as “drinking beer”. Homogeneous clauses can refer to the situation as a whole or to any representative part. Static situations are inherently homogeneous.
    • A heterogeneous (nonhomogeneous) situation consists of parts that are each different from the whole. For example, “John drank five glasses of beer” is heterogeneous because no portion of it is itself an instance of drinking five glasses of beer. This feature can be determined by lexical information, the subject NP, or grammatical aspect (e.g., progressive form).
    • Durative vs. Punctual:
    • A durative situation is conceived of as having a certain duration (e.g., “They’re printing my book”).
    • A punctual (nondurative, momentary) situation needs no more than a moment to actualize (e.g., “I knocked at the door”). Punctual situation verbs can be used in clauses referring to durative situations through repetition, creating a “durative hypersituation” (e.g., “Sylvia smashed twenty windows” implying multiple smashings).
    • Transitional: A situation-template is transitional if it consists of a single, punctual change from one state to another (e.g., die, kill, open the window).
    • Telic vs. Atelic:
    • A situation-template is telic if it implies a natural point of completion, without which the situation is not complete (e.g., “write a letter,” “drink a glass of whisky”).
    • It is atelic if it does not imply such a point of completion (e.g., “write,” “drink beer”). The (a)telicity of a situation-template is distinct from the boundedness of an actualizing situation. Only durative situations can be telic.
    • Evolving: An evolving situation involves a gradual, nonagentive process of change, typically implying movement on an implicit scale (e.g., grow, get dark, diminish, deteriorate).

    These ontological features are grammatically relevant, influencing possibilities like the use of progressive forms or temporal adverbials.

    Classifications of Situation Types

    Based on these ontological features, two main classifications are discussed:

    1. Lyons’ (1977) Classification: Distinguishes four types of situations:
    • States: Static, nonagentive, nonevolving (e.g., “Bill was a teacher,” “I need more money”).
    • Actions: Dynamic, agentive, nonevolving (e.g., “John walked in the wood,” “John dug a hole”).
    • Events: Dynamic, nonagentive, nonevolving, they “just happen” (e.g., bursting, exploding, falling off a ladder).
    • Processes: Dynamic, nonagentive, evolving, involving incremental change on a scale (e.g., changing, getting dark, diminishing).
    • This classification uses the features static, evolving, and agentive as primary distinctions.
    1. Vendler’s (1967) Taxonomy: Distinguishes ‘states’, ‘activities’, ‘accomplishments’, and ‘achievements’ based on whether they are durative and telic.
    • States: Nondurative, atelic (e.g., “know the answer”).
    • Activities: Durative, atelic (e.g., “dance,” “walk”).
    • Accomplishments: Durative, telic (e.g., “build a house”).
    • Achievements: Nondurative, telic (e.g., “win the game,” “die”).
    • The sources express disagreement with Vendler’s definitions, particularly that states are nondurative (they are defined as durative and homogeneous) and that achievements are punctual and telic (as telicity applies only to durative situations). Due to these problems, the source primarily uses Lyons’ classification.

    Situation Types and Actualization Aspect

    The concept of “actualization aspect” focuses on whether a particular instance of an actualizing situation is represented or interpreted as bounded (reaching a terminal point) or nonbounded. This is distinct from ontological aspect (which concerns inherent lexical properties) and grammatical aspect (how internal temporal structure is grammatically represented, e.g., progressive).

    • The actualization of a situation is not inherently bounded or nonbounded; it is represented as such by a clause.
    • Bounded clauses represent the situation as reaching a terminal point (e.g., “Tonight I will drink five glasses of champagne!”). Bounded situations are always heterogeneous.
    • Nonbounded clauses do not refer to a terminal point (e.g., “Tonight I will drink champagne!”). Nonbounded situations are always homogeneous.
    • The (non)boundedness of a situation influences how it combines with duration adverbials.

    Situation Types and Tense

    The categorization of situation types and their inherent features significantly impacts how tenses are used to locate situations in time:

    • Tenses locate the “situation time” (the time of the predicated situation), not necessarily the “time of the full situation”. For instance, “John was in the library” refers to a predicated situation coinciding with a specific past time, but the full situation of his being in the library might have been much longer.
    • The homogeneity of a situation is crucial: only homogeneous situations allow the predicated situation to be a shorter subpart of the full situation. If a situation is bounded (heterogeneous), the predicated situation and full situation coincide in length.
    • The choice of tense can reflect “temporal focus”, which is the speaker’s concern with a particular time-zone (e.g., present perfect focuses on NOW, past tense on THEN).
    • The (non)boundedness of situations also guides the interpretation of temporal relationships between consecutive clauses without explicit temporal links, influencing whether they are interpreted as sequential or simultaneous. For example, bounded clauses often imply succession, while nonbounded ones imply simultaneity.
    • The progressive aspect, regardless of the telicity of the verb phrase, consistently produces a nonbounded interpretation of the actualization. This is because the progressive focuses on a “middle part” of the situation, making it homogeneous and representative of the whole. This allows a durative situation to be “T-simultaneous” (strictly coincidental) with a punctual orientation time (like speech time), as only a punctual part of the ongoing situation needs to coincide.
    • In specific contexts like reported speech, the tense system may adapt (e.g., backshifting) to maintain the appropriate temporal relations within the established temporal domain. Similarly, in post-present domains, “pseudo-absolute” tenses are used, treating a future orientation time as if it were the temporal zero-point (pseudo-t0), and their distribution depends on the relationship between the main and subordinate clauses.

    Adverbial Clauses: Time, Tense, and Contextual Relations

    Adverbial clauses are a fundamental component of English verb phrases, serving to provide temporal, causal, or other contextual information to the main clause. In the context of English grammar, they are a type of subclause, meaning they are syntactically dependent on a head clause (or superordinate clause).

    Here’s a detailed discussion of adverbial clauses, their functions, and their interactions with other linguistic categories:

    I. Definition and Function

    • Definition: An adverbial clause is a subclause whose function is typically associated with that of an adverb or adverbial phrase.
    • Purpose: They provide additional information, often regarding time, but also other relations like cause (e.g., because-clauses), condition (e.g., if-clauses), or concession. This discussion will primarily focus on their temporal function, as detailed in the sources.

    II. Adverbial Clauses and Temporal Information

    Adverbial clauses often function as time-specifying adverbials, specifying an “Adv-time” (adverbially indicated time). This Adv-time “contains” an orientation time from the main clause, either by inclusion or coincidence.

    Temporal adverbials are categorized in several ways relevant to their use and meaning:

    • Deictic vs. Nondeictic: Deictic time-specifying adverbials relate the Adv-time to a temporal anchor (e.g., yesterday, anchored to speech time t0). Nondeictic time-specifying adverbials do not link to an anchor time (e.g., at some time or other).
    • Single-zone vs. Multi-zone: Deictic adverbials can refer to a single absolute time-zone (e.g., yesterday for the past zone) or span multiple zones (e.g., today, covering pre-present, present, and post-present).
    • Homogeneous vs. Heterogeneous: A homogeneous Adv-time is durative and uniform throughout (e.g., in 1983), while a heterogeneous Adv-time (or nonhomogeneous) indicates a period as a whole, not any smaller portion of it (e.g., from 1983 to 1986).
    • Inclusive vs. Noninclusive: Within heterogeneous adverbials, inclusive adverbials (e.g., within or in meaning within) can only combine with clauses whose verb phrase is telic (implying a natural point of completion). Noninclusive duration adverbials (e.g., for hours) specify the length but do not imply a completion point, typically combining only with nonbounded clauses (unless there’s a repetitive interpretation).

    Adverbial clauses can function in relation to the head clause as:

    • Situation-time adverbials: The Adv-time contains the situation time (the time of the predicated situation) of the head clause.
    • Orientation-time adverbials: The Adv-time contains an orientation time other than the head clause’s situation time, to which the head clause’s situation time is related by tense (e.g., At five o’clock John had already left the office, where “at five o’clock” contains the orientation time for “had left,” not the leaving itself).
    • Multiple-orientation-time adverbials: The Adv-time contains two or more orientation times (usually situation times).

    III. Specific Types of Adverbial Clauses

    The sources discuss several specific types of adverbial clauses, highlighting their unique temporal structures and interactions with tense:

    1. When-clauses:
    • Temporal Structure: The semantics of when can be paraphrased as “at a/the time at which”. This structure implies a “common Adv-time” that contains both an orientation time from the head clause and an orientation time from the when-clause itself.
    • Function: When-clauses can act as either situation-time adverbials or orientation-time adverbials for the head clause.
    • Tense Use: In both cases, the when-clause typically uses a relative tense, representing its situation time as anterior, simultaneous, or posterior to its own contained orientation time.
    • Pseudo-t0-System: For future time reference, when-clauses generally use the Pseudo-t0-System (e.g., present tense), treating a future orientation time as a pseudo-zero-point, rather than the Absolute Future System. This is because the subclause is fully integrated and logically related to the head clause.
    • Pseudo-sloppy simultaneity: This occurs when a when-clause uses a tense expressing T-simultaneity, even if the situations are not W-simultaneous (world-simultaneous). This is due to the inherent temporal structure of when, which does not require the two contained orientation times to coincide.
    • Direct and Indirect Binding: In when-clauses, direct binding means the when-clause’s situation time is bound by its own contained orientation time. Indirect binding occurs when it’s bound by a syntactically higher clause, a less common and more restricted pattern.
    • Irrealis/Tentativeness: When-clauses can use the conditional perfect to express counterfactual or tentative situations.
    • “Narrative” when-clauses: These are distinguished from adverbial when-clauses and are disregarded, as they “push forward” the action rather than specifying time.
    1. Before-clauses:
    • Temporal Structure: Before-clauses are interpreted as “before the time at which”. The “Anchor time” is the terminal point of the Adv-time they establish.
    • Function: They can function as either situation-time adverbials or orientation-time adverbials for the head clause.
    • Not-yet-factual at t: Before-clauses often imply that the situation referred to is “not-yet-factual at the binding time”, meaning it has not yet happened at the time of the head clause situation. This is distinct from “counterfactual”.
    • Tense Configurations: They allow various tense combinations between the head clause and before-clause, which can subtly change the meaning and the degree of factuality (e.g., Jim left before Bill arrived vs. Jim left before Bill had arrived vs. Jim had left before Bill arrived).
    • Pseudo-t0-System: Similar to when-clauses, before-clauses referring to the post-present typically use the Pseudo-t0-System, as the head clause often creates an intensional domain.
    1. After-clauses:
    • Temporal Structure: After-clauses are interpreted as “after the time at which”. The “Anchor time” is the starting point of the Adv-time they establish.
    • Function: They can serve as either situation-time adverbials or orientation-time adverbials.
    • Pseudo-t0-System: When both the head clause and the after-clause refer to the post-present, the after-clause typically uses a Pseudo-t0-System form.
    1. Conditional Clauses (if-clauses):
    • Open Condition: These refer to a condition that may or may not be fulfilled in the future. For future reference in open conditionals, the Pseudo-t0-System is obligatory in the if-clause (e.g., If it rains, I will stay home vs. If it will rain). This is because the clauses form a single intensional domain, and the logical dependence is expressed as if it were a temporal one, often leading to “sloppy simultaneity”.
    • Closed Condition: These conditions are assumed by the speaker to be fulfilled in the actual or a future possible world.
    1. Because-clauses:
    • The choice of tense system in because-clauses (especially for future reference) depends on their discourse function: whether they are actualization-explaining (reason for the head clause situation’s actualization), utterance-explaining (reason for the speaker’s utterance), or evidential.
    1. Since-clauses:
    • When since functions as an adverb, preposition, or conjunction referring to a period up to t0, the present perfect is the unmarked tense in the head clause. Since-clauses can also be part of specificational “since-clefts”.
    1. Until-clauses:
    • These are similar to before-clauses but are bifunctional temporal adverbials, meaning they specify both duration and time. For example, until now typically collocates with the present perfect.

    IV. Interaction with Tense Systems

    Adverbial clauses play a crucial role in how tenses locate situations in time and manage temporal relations within and across clauses:

    • Temporal Domains and Subordination: Absolute tenses establish a temporal domain, and relative tenses express a temporal relation (e.g., anteriority, simultaneity, posteriority) within that domain. Adverbial clauses often involve these temporal binding relationships.
    • Pseudo-t0-System vs. Absolute Future System: For situations located in the post-present (future), there are two main tense systems: the Absolute Future System (tenses that relate the situation time directly to t0) and the Pseudo-t0-System (tenses that relate the situation time to a post-present “basic orientation time,” treating it as a “pseudo-t0“). Many adverbial time clauses, particularly conditional and when-clauses, generally require the Pseudo-t0-System for future reference, indicating a close logical and temporal integration with the head clause.
    • Temporal Focus: The speaker’s choice of tense in adverbial clauses, as in other clauses, can reflect their temporal focus – whether they are concerned with “NOW” or “THEN” or with a specific evaluation time.

    In summary, adverbial clauses are critical for expressing complex temporal and logical relationships in English, with their specific forms and tense choices being determined by a rich interplay of lexical meaning, grammatical aspect, and contextual factors, particularly within the framework of temporal domains and the speaker’s temporal focus.

    Grammatical Aspect in English Verbs

    Grammatical aspect is a linguistic category that concerns how a speaker chooses to represent the internal temporal structure of a situation. It involves the use of special grammatical forms, such as verb forms, suffixes, or auxiliaries, to express various meanings related to this internal structure. In English, while many aspectual meanings can be expressed, only a few are formally grammaticalized by special verb markers.

    Here’s a detailed discussion:

    I. Definition and Core Concept

    • Grammatical aspect refers to the use of specific verb forms or auxiliaries to convey how the speaker views the internal temporal constitution of an actualizing situation. This distinguishes it from tense, which primarily locates situations in time relative to a point of orientation, and from ontological aspect (also known as lexical aspect or Aktionsart), which deals with the inherent characteristics of a situation type as determined by the lexical meaning of the verb phrase itself (e.g., whether it’s static, dynamic, durative, punctual, telic, or atelic).
    • While ontological aspect refers to inherent features of a situation-template, grammatical aspect is about the speaker’s choice in representing a situation’s internal structure. This choice can sometimes override ontological aspect.

    II. Grammaticalized Aspects in English

    English has two main types of grammatical aspect that are systematically expressed by special verb markers:

    1. Progressive Aspect
    • Form: Built with the auxiliary “be” followed by the present participle (V-ing), e.g., I’m writing a book, John was walking home.
    • Meaning: It focuses on the middle part of the situation, representing it as “ongoing” or “in progress at or throughout a given vantage time”.
    • Effect on Actualization Aspect: The use of the progressive form automatically results in a homogeneous representation of the situation. This means that the situation is represented as uniform throughout its duration, and any portion of it can be described in the same way as the whole. Consequently, progressive meaning (whether grammatically expressed or not) always leads to nonboundedness in the actualization aspect, meaning the situation is not represented as reaching a terminal point. For instance, “Bill was running five miles” is nonbounded, even though “run five miles” is a telic verb phrase.
    • Tense Combination: The progressive form can combine with any tensed form, leading to terms like “progressive past tense form” (e.g., She was climbing). The sources emphasize that there are no progressive tenses; rather, progressivity is a matter of aspect that combines with tensed forms.
    1. Habitual Aspect
    • Form: Expressed in the past by the semi-auxiliary “used to” (e.g., Karen used to like toads), and by the auxiliaries “will” and “would” (e.g., She {will / would} often go to church).
    • Meaning: It represents a situation as “characteristic of the referent of the subject NP over an extended period of time”. A habit, being a characteristic, is fundamentally a state.
    • Types: Habitual aspect can involve repeated actualizations of a dynamic situation, and when it involves repetitions, it is a form of grammatical aspect because it concerns the internal temporal structure of the situation.

    III. Non-Grammaticalized Aspects in English

    While other aspectual meanings exist, English expresses them by means other than specific grammatical verb forms or auxiliaries:

    • Ingressive Aspect (or Inchoative/Inceptive Aspect): Focuses on the beginning of a situation. English uses “aspectualizers” (lexical verbs like begin, start, commence) followed by a nonfinite clause, rather than a special verb form.
    • Egressive Aspect (or Terminative Aspect): Focuses on the end of a situation. Similar to ingressive aspect, English uses aspectualizers like stop, finish, cease.
    • Perfective Aspect: Refers to the “actualization of a situation in its entirety,” viewing it as a “temporally unstructured whole” without focusing on its internal structure. While nonprogressive forms often convey perfective meaning (e.g., I wrote an essay last night), they are not exclusively “perfective verb forms” because they don’t always receive a perfective interpretation. The distinction between “perfective” (aspect) and “perfect” (tense) is crucial to avoid confusion.
    • Repetitive Aspect (or Iterative Aspect): Describes a situation as repeating itself. English lacks special verb markings for this meaning; instead, it uses repetitive or frequency adverbials (e.g., repeatedly, sometimes) or plural/collective subject/complement NPs. While an iterative verb is one that inherently represents a rapid repetition of subsituations (an ontological feature), grammatically marked repetitive aspect does not exist in English.
    • Semelfactive Aspect: Represents a situation as actualizing only once. This is the opposite of repetitive aspect and is not grammatically marked in English.

    IV. Interaction with Other Meaning Categories

    Grammatical aspect interacts significantly with ontological aspect and actualization aspect to determine the overall aspectual interpretation of a clause. For example:

    • When a normally static verb like “be” is used in the progressive form (He is being a fool), the progressive grammatical aspect overrides the static ontological aspect, resulting in a dynamic interpretation.
    • The combination of a telic verb phrase (ontological aspect) and progressive aspect (grammatical aspect) results in a linguistically nonbounded (L-nonbounded) clause (actualization aspect), even if the situation inherently tends towards a completion point. This means the clause focuses on the ongoing nature, leaving whether the completion point was reached vague.
    • Similarly, the choice of tense and adverbials interacts with aspect. For example, “until now” typically collocates with the present perfect, and the progressive or nonprogressive form can influence whether an indefinite, continuative, or up-to-now W-reading is available for a present perfect clause.

    In essence, grammatical aspect provides a layer of meaning that reflects the speaker’s perspective on the internal progression of an event, and its presence or absence in English forms a complex system that shapes how temporal information is conveyed.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Things Deeply In Love Couples Do Pretty Much All The Time

    Things Deeply In Love Couples Do Pretty Much All The Time

    When you see two people so connected that it seems as if they share a private language, you might wonder: what exactly keeps their bond alive? In a world obsessed with grand gestures and dramatic declarations, the true essence of love often lies in the subtle, everyday behaviors that nurture intimacy like sunlight nurtures a flower.

    Deeply in love couples embody a certain quiet magic. Their actions might appear simple on the surface, yet these small habits weave a robust fabric of trust, warmth, and unwavering commitment. Rather than relying on momentary sparks, they build a slow-burning fire that glows steadily, providing warmth through life’s storms.

    What do these couples do that sets them apart? The following list dives into the habits and rituals they practice consistently, habits that become second nature over time. Understanding these can offer us a glimpse into love’s deeper architecture, encouraging us to cultivate relationships that are not just romantic but deeply soulful and enduring.


    1- Prioritize Each Other

    Couples who are deeply in love understand that their relationship is a living entity requiring constant care. They make a conscious effort to place each other at the center of their worlds, even amid demanding schedules and obligations. Instead of allowing work or external commitments to take over, they intentionally carve out time to connect, reinforcing that each partner matters most.

    This prioritization isn’t merely about scheduling; it’s an emotional investment. As Esther Perel writes in Mating in Captivity, “Desire thrives in a space where lovers feel chosen.” By prioritizing each other, couples affirm that choice daily, strengthening their emotional bond.


    2- Communicate Openly

    Clear, transparent communication is the bedrock of deep intimacy. In deeply loving relationships, partners freely share their fears, dreams, and vulnerabilities without fearing judgment or dismissal. They don’t bottle up frustrations or rely on mind-reading; instead, they trust that openness will bring them closer.

    Psychologist Dr. John Gottman, in his book The Seven Principles for Making Marriage Work, emphasizes that couples who discuss issues constructively are far more resilient. Open dialogue, even when uncomfortable, prevents small misunderstandings from snowballing into deeper rifts.


    3- Express Physical Affection Regularly

    Touch is a silent yet powerful communicator. Deeply in love couples often share small gestures of physical affection — a hand on the back, a spontaneous hug, or a gentle kiss. These acts release oxytocin, the “bonding hormone,” which strengthens emotional intimacy.

    Moreover, these touches reaffirm a sense of safety and closeness. As philosopher Alain de Botton notes in The Course of Love, “Physical touch is not just an expression of love but a form of emotional repair.” Consistent affection keeps the connection alive beyond words.


    4- Share Laughter

    Humor acts as an emotional glue, softening life’s sharp edges. Couples deeply in love find ways to laugh together, whether over private jokes, shared memories, or playful teasing. This shared joy fosters a sense of belonging and lightness.

    Laughter also provides resilience. According to Dr. Barbara Fredrickson’s research in Positivity, shared positive emotions build an “emotional bank account” that couples can draw upon during challenging times. A hearty laugh can be as healing as a heartfelt conversation.


    5- Offer Genuine Compliments

    Sincere compliments act as small affirmations that partners are seen and appreciated. Deeply loving couples notice the little things — a new outfit, a thoughtful gesture, or simply the way their partner smiles.

    These compliments nurture self-esteem and create an environment of warmth. As Mark Twain famously said, “I can live for two months on a good compliment.” Such authentic validation strengthens a partner’s sense of worth and belonging.


    6- Support Each Other’s Dreams

    Rather than viewing each other’s aspirations as distractions or threats, deeply in love couples become each other’s fiercest cheerleaders. They actively encourage pursuits, celebrate milestones, and provide solace during setbacks.

    This support builds a foundation of mutual respect and admiration. As Brené Brown notes in The Gifts of Imperfection, vulnerability is key to connection, and sharing one’s dreams is among the most vulnerable acts. Couples who champion each other’s dreams fortify trust and intimacy.


    7- Resolve Conflicts Kindly

    Disagreements are inevitable, but deeply loving couples approach them with compassion rather than hostility. They focus on finding solutions rather than winning arguments, and they avoid harsh words that can leave lasting scars.

    Conflict becomes an opportunity for growth rather than a battlefield. As Dr. Sue Johnson suggests in Hold Me Tight, constructive conflict resolution deepens emotional bonds and reaffirms the commitment to care for each other, even in difficult moments.


    8- Create Rituals Together

    Shared rituals — from morning coffee routines to annual trips — provide a sense of stability and belonging. These repeated activities become intimate symbols of connection, unique to each couple.

    Over time, these rituals turn into cherished memories and anchors in the relationship. As author William Doherty discusses in The Intentional Family, rituals are crucial for maintaining closeness in the face of life’s chaos.


    9- Celebrate Each Other’s Successes

    When one partner achieves something, deeply in love couples rejoice as if it were their own success. They don’t respond with envy or indifference but with wholehearted celebration and pride.

    This shared joy reinforces the sense of being on the same team. Social psychologist Shelly Gable’s research on “active-constructive responding” highlights that celebrating successes together increases relationship satisfaction and deepens emotional intimacy.


    10- Practice Gratitude Daily

    Rather than taking each other for granted, deeply in love couples make a point of expressing gratitude regularly. They recognize and articulate their appreciation for both big and small gestures.

    This practice cultivates a positive atmosphere and strengthens the bond over time. Robert Emmons, in Thanks! How the New Science of Gratitude Can Make You Happier, demonstrates that gratitude significantly boosts relationship satisfaction and personal well-being.


    11- Listen Intently

    Listening is an act of love. Deeply in love couples offer undivided attention, signaling that their partner’s words and emotions matter profoundly. They refrain from interrupting or planning their next response while the other speaks.

    This mindful listening fosters emotional safety and connection. Carl Rogers, in On Becoming a Person, highlights that empathic listening is the foundation of a thriving relationship, allowing individuals to feel truly heard and understood.


    12- Embrace Imperfections

    Deep love requires seeing one’s partner fully, flaws and all, and loving them regardless. Rather than trying to mold each other into an ideal, deeply in love couples accept and even cherish imperfections.

    This radical acceptance builds a sense of security and belonging. As Harville Hendrix writes in Getting the Love You Want, embracing each other’s imperfections is essential for authentic intimacy and lasting connection.


    13- Spend Quality Time Offline

    In an age dominated by screens, carving out device-free time is a powerful act of presence. Deeply in love couples often prioritize undistracted moments together, whether through shared meals, walks, or simply sitting in silence.

    This undivided time strengthens connection and deepens emotional intimacy. Sherry Turkle, in Reclaiming Conversation, emphasizes that genuine connection requires attention and presence — gifts that technology often steals from us.


    14- Share Responsibilities

    Partnership is not only emotional but practical. Deeply in love couples share household and life responsibilities, demonstrating teamwork and respect. This prevents resentment from building and fosters a sense of fairness.

    Sharing responsibilities also symbolizes mutual investment in the shared life. As philosopher Simone de Beauvoir suggests, “One is not born, but rather becomes, a partner,” emphasizing that love is an ongoing choice reflected in everyday actions.


    15- Make Time for Intimacy

    Physical intimacy remains a vital pillar of deep love. Beyond just sexual connection, it includes cuddling, tender touches, and other forms of closeness that maintain the bond.

    Consistent intimacy rekindles passion and deepens emotional connection. In Come As You Are, Emily Nagoski underscores the importance of prioritizing intimacy, arguing that it strengthens trust and emotional attunement between partners.


    16- Apologize Sincerely

    When mistakes occur, deeply in love couples take responsibility and offer genuine apologies rather than defensiveness or blame-shifting. This humility mends hurt and rebuilds trust.

    A sincere apology communicates respect and care. Psychologist Harriet Lerner, in Why Won’t You Apologize?, asserts that authentic apologies are essential for healing and maintaining strong, resilient relationships.


    17- Keep Learning About Each Other

    Even after years together, deeply in love couples remain curious. They ask questions, explore each other’s evolving dreams, and stay interested in each other’s inner worlds.

    This lifelong learning prevents stagnation and keeps the relationship dynamic. As psychologist Arthur Aron’s research shows, self-expansion through ongoing discovery enhances relationship satisfaction and passion over time.


    18- Protect Each Other’s Boundaries

    Respecting personal space and boundaries is crucial in deep love. Couples who honor each other’s need for solitude or autonomy cultivate trust and avoid emotional suffocation.

    This respect strengthens the partnership rather than weakening it. In Boundaries in Marriage, Dr. Henry Cloud emphasizes that healthy boundaries enable individuals to love freely without resentment or fear of loss.


    19- Create Shared Goals

    Working toward common goals, whether financial, travel-related, or lifestyle-based, unites deeply in love couples. These shared visions provide purpose and direction beyond individual pursuits.

    Collaborating on goals fosters teamwork and a shared narrative. As Stephen Covey discusses in The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, having shared objectives nurtures unity and helps couples navigate challenges together.


    20- Never Stop Saying “I Love You”

    While it might seem obvious, deeply in love couples never underestimate the power of these simple words. They say “I love you” regularly, not as a routine, but as a heartfelt reaffirmation of commitment.

    These words anchor the relationship, reminding each partner that they are cherished and chosen each day. As bell hooks beautifully states in All About Love, “Love is an action, never simply a feeling.” Saying “I love you” is a daily act of devotion.


    21- Share vulnerable things with each other

    Deeply in love couples courageously open their hearts, sharing their fears, insecurities, and wounds. Vulnerability is not seen as a weakness but as a gateway to profound connection. When partners share their raw, unfiltered selves, they invite empathy and deepen emotional intimacy.

    As Dr. Brené Brown emphasizes in Daring Greatly, “Vulnerability is the birthplace of love, belonging, joy, courage, empathy, and creativity.” By revealing their tender parts, couples build an unshakeable foundation of trust and mutual acceptance — an essential ingredient for a lasting relationship.


    22- Play like kids

    A playful spirit keeps love young and alive. Deeply loving couples often engage in spontaneous fun — tickling each other, dancing in the kitchen, or playing silly games. This lightheartedness rekindles passion and injects joy into daily life.

    Dr. Stuart Brown, in Play: How It Shapes the Brain, Opens the Imagination, and Invigorates the Soul, notes that play fosters creativity and strengthens bonds. By embracing childlike playfulness, couples release stress and reaffirm their shared delight in each other’s company.


    23- Give, give, and give some more

    Generosity lies at the heart of true love. Deeply in love couples focus on giving rather than keeping score. They find joy in small acts of kindness — preparing a favorite meal, offering support during a hard day, or making sacrifices without expecting anything in return.

    This spirit of abundance nourishes the relationship. In The Art of Loving, Erich Fromm argues that love is an active giving of oneself, an energy that multiplies rather than depletes. Generosity transforms ordinary relationships into extraordinary ones, fostering mutual gratitude and devotion.


    24- Surprise each other

    Surprises, whether grand or simple, inject excitement and freshness into relationships. Deeply in love couples understand the magic of breaking routine — leaving a handwritten note, planning a spontaneous date, or bringing home a favorite treat unexpectedly.

    These thoughtful surprises keep the spark alive and signal ongoing investment in each other’s happiness. As Gary Chapman notes in The Five Love Languages, surprises are a powerful expression of love, reminding partners that they are cherished and thought of even in ordinary moments.


    25- Stay in the moment together

    Deeply in love couples practice mindfulness in their interactions. They savor the present moment instead of being distracted by past regrets or future worries. Whether they are sharing a meal or simply holding hands, they give each other undivided attention.

    This presence nurtures emotional intimacy and a sense of safety. Thich Nhat Hanh, in True Love: A Practice for Awakening the Heart, emphasizes that “When you love someone, the best thing you can offer is your presence.” Being fully present together turns ordinary moments into sacred experiences.


    26- Show physical affection

    Beyond simple touch, deeply in love couples cultivate a rich physical intimacy through cuddles, kisses, back rubs, and gentle caresses. This nonverbal language continually communicates love, comfort, and desire.

    According to research published in The Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, physical affection reduces stress and strengthens bonds. As philosopher Alain de Botton reflects, touch reassures us that we are safe and loved in a world that can often feel cold and indifferent.


    27- Fight hard for their love

    When challenges arise, deeply in love couples do not walk away at the first sign of struggle. They are committed to working through conflict, healing wounds, and rebuilding trust when needed. Love becomes an active choice rather than a passive feeling.

    As bell hooks eloquently asserts in All About Love, “Love is a combination of care, commitment, knowledge, responsibility, respect and trust.” Fighting for love means showing up again and again, even when it’s difficult, and choosing each other over and over.


    28- Nurture a shared dream

    Beyond individual goals, deeply in love couples cultivate shared visions for the future — from building a family or starting a business to traveling the world or creating art together. These dreams unify their paths and inspire mutual growth.

    Shared dreams strengthen the relationship’s purpose and resilience. In The Road Less Traveled, M. Scott Peck discusses how shared meaning is essential for spiritual and emotional intimacy, turning two separate lives into a collaborative journey.


    29- Hold their relationship sacred

    For deeply loving couples, their relationship is more than a social contract; it is a sacred bond. They honor it with reverence, guarding it against external negativity and prioritizing its health and vitality above all else.

    This sacred perspective inspires intentionality and devotion. As psychologist David Schnarch writes in Passionate Marriage, holding the relationship as sacred transforms everyday interactions into acts of love and respect, forging an unbreakable spiritual connection.


    Conclusion

    True love is not a fairytale destination but a continuous practice of daily devotion, mindful actions, and tender care. By embodying these habits — from sharing vulnerabilities to holding the relationship sacred — deeply in love couples create bonds that transcend mere romance and evolve into soulful partnerships.

    Their love is a testament to the power of small, intentional choices that echo through a lifetime. For those who wish to deepen their own relationships, these practices offer a roadmap to not just lasting love, but a love that feels profound, resilient, and beautifully alive.

    At its heart, deep love is not defined by extravagant gestures but by the quiet, persistent actions that weave two lives together in trust, respect, and joy. These daily habits — from simple affirmations to shared goals — build a love that is both tender and resilient, capable of weathering life’s inevitable storms.

    As we reflect on these habits, let us remember that love is an ongoing practice, a series of choices made again and again. For those seeking to nurture or rediscover deep love, these timeless behaviors provide a compass, guiding us toward richer, more fulfilling connections.

    Bibliography

    1. Brené Brown. Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead. Gotham Books, 2012.
    2. Esther Perel. Mating in Captivity: Unlocking Erotic Intelligence. Harper, 2006.
    3. John Gottman, and Nan Silver. The Seven Principles for Making Marriage Work: A Practical Guide from the Country’s Foremost Relationship Expert. Harmony Books, 1999.
    4. Alain de Botton. The Course of Love. Simon & Schuster, 2016.
    5. Barbara Fredrickson. Positivity: Groundbreaking Research Reveals How to Embrace the Hidden Strength of Positive Emotions, Overcome Negativity, and Thrive. Crown Archetype, 2009.
    6. Mark Twain. Quoted in various collections and anthologies.
    7. Brené Brown. The Gifts of Imperfection: Let Go of Who You Think You’re Supposed to Be and Embrace Who You Are. Hazelden, 2010.
    8. Sue Johnson. Hold Me Tight: Seven Conversations for a Lifetime of Love. Little, Brown Spark, 2008.
    9. William Doherty. The Intentional Family: Simple Rituals to Strengthen Family Ties. Addison-Wesley, 1997.
    10. Shelly Gable, et al. “Will You Be There for Me When Things Go Right? Supportive Responses to Positive Event Disclosures.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2004.
    11. Robert Emmons. Thanks! How Practicing Gratitude Can Make You Happier. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2007.
    12. Carl Rogers. On Becoming a Person: A Therapist’s View of Psychotherapy. Houghton Mifflin, 1961.
    13. Harville Hendrix. Getting the Love You Want: A Guide for Couples. Henry Holt and Company, 1988.
    14. Sherry Turkle. Reclaiming Conversation: The Power of Talk in a Digital Age. Penguin Press, 2015.
    15. Simone de Beauvoir. The Second Sex. Vintage, 2011. (Original work published 1949.)
    16. Emily Nagoski. Come As You Are: The Surprising New Science That Will Transform Your Sex Life. Simon & Schuster, 2015.
    17. Harriet Lerner. Why Won’t You Apologize? Healing Big Betrayals and Everyday Hurts. Touchstone, 2017.
    18. Arthur Aron, et al. “The Experimental Generation of Interpersonal Closeness: A Procedure and Some Preliminary Findings.” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1997.
    19. Henry Cloud, and John Townsend. Boundaries in Marriage. Zondervan, 2002.
    20. Stephen R. Covey. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change. Free Press, 1989.
    21. bell hooks. All About Love: New Visions. William Morrow, 2000.
    22. Stuart Brown. Play: How It Shapes the Brain, Opens the Imagination, and Invigorates the Soul. Avery, 2009.
    23. Erich Fromm. The Art of Loving. Harper Perennial, 1956.
    24. Gary Chapman. The Five Love Languages: How to Express Heartfelt Commitment to Your Mate. Northfield Publishing, 1992.
    25. Thich Nhat Hanh. True Love: A Practice for Awakening the Heart. Shambhala, 2006.
    26. M. Scott Peck. The Road Less Traveled: A New Psychology of Love, Traditional Values, and Spiritual Growth. Simon & Schuster, 1978.
    27. David Schnarch. Passionate Marriage: Keeping Love and Intimacy Alive in Committed Relationships. W. W. Norton & Company, 1997.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • The Evolving Landscape: Newspapers and Magazines in the Twentieth Century

    The Evolving Landscape: Newspapers and Magazines in the Twentieth Century

    The twentieth century marked a transformative era for newspapers and magazines, evolving from their initial status as dominant information conduits to adapting amidst profound technological shifts and the emergence of new media. At the century’s dawn, print media enjoyed a “Golden Age,” characterized by unparalleled reach and influence, underpinned by a near-monopoly on mass information dissemination. This period saw significant advancements in printing technology, such as offset presses and the Linotype machine, which revolutionized production efficiency and enabled mass circulation. The telegraph fundamentally altered news gathering, introducing the imperative of immediacy, while the rise of photojournalism transformed visual storytelling and cultural shaping.

    Journalistic practices professionalized, striving for objectivity, yet often navigated the tension between commercial imperatives and ethical ideals, exemplified by the era of “yellow journalism.” Economic models shifted dramatically, with advertising becoming the primary revenue driver, leading to industry consolidation and the formation of powerful media chains. The advent of radio and television presented formidable challenges, forcing print to strategically pivot from being the “first to know” to providing “deep understanding” through in-depth analysis and specialized content. Later in the century, the nascent internet introduced an existential threat, compelling print media to embrace digital platforms. Throughout these changes, newspapers and magazines remained instrumental in shaping public opinion, influencing culture, and fostering a sense of national identity. Their journey offers critical lessons on media disruption, adaptation, and the enduring relevance of quality content in an ever-changing information landscape.

    1. Introduction: The Print Media Landscape at the Dawn of the 20th Century

    At the turn of the 20th century, newspapers and magazines stood as the undisputed titans of mass communication, deeply embedded in the fabric of daily life. This era is often retrospectively termed a “Golden Age” for print media, characterized by unparalleled reach and influence. The widespread adoption of these publications reflected a society increasingly reliant on printed information for news, entertainment, and cultural discourse.

    Newspapers, in particular, were firmly entrenched as the dominant source of media in the United States, reaching a peak with more than 2,000 daily and 14,000 weekly publications in the early 20th century. These major newspapers had evolved into profitable powerhouses, adept at balancing advocacy and muckraking with sensationalism, while also engaging in serious, objective news-gathering. Their financial success was often tied to their ability to attract a broad readership, which in turn drew significant advertising revenue.

    Magazines, too, were poised for a boom, having benefited from a series of technical improvements in the late 19th century, including the production of inexpensive paper, the invention of the rotary press, and the halftone block. These innovations allowed for more visually appealing and cost-effective publications, enabling magazines to appeal to particular interests and appear at regular intervals, gradually becoming a staple in many households. The overall growth of print media was fueled by the spread of literacy, which created a growing demand for reading material, and by the introduction of steam- and electric-driven presses, which enabled daily circulation to rise from thousands to hundreds of thousands and eventually to millions.

    The foundational strength of print media at this time stemmed from its near-monopoly on mass information dissemination. Before the widespread adoption of radio and television, print held an unrivaled position for delivering news, entertainment, and advertising to a broad public. This absence of significant direct competition allowed the print industry to flourish economically and culturally, fostering a robust and diverse ecosystem of publications. This established a high benchmark for subsequent media forms to challenge, illustrating how print’s initial preeminence set the stage for its later struggles and adaptations.

    2. Technological Innovations and Their Impact on Print Production

    The 20th century witnessed a continuous stream of technological advancements that revolutionized how newspapers and magazines were produced and distributed, fundamentally shaping their content and reach. These innovations were critical in enabling the mass production and widespread dissemination that characterized the “Golden Age” of print.

    Advancements in Printing Technology

    The late 19th and early 20th centuries brought significant technical improvements that directly benefited magazine and newspaper publishing. The production of inexpensive paper, coupled with the invention of the rotary press and the halftone block, made mass production economically viable on an unprecedented scale. The rotary printing press, developed in the mid-19th century, enabled continuous printing on cylindrical surfaces, dramatically increasing printing speeds from hundreds to thousands of copies per hour. This efficiency was further enhanced by the Linotype machine, invented in the late 19th century, which mechanically set letters, thereby drastically reducing the prepress time needed to get a page into print. This allowed newspapers to respond more quickly to breaking stories, leading to the development of late editions.

    The introduction of offset printing in the early 20th century further improved image quality and allowed for more efficient color printing. This technological leap led to a proliferation of visually rich magazines and periodicals, enhancing the reader’s experience and promoting more effective communication of ideas. The continuous drive for production efficiency, fueled by these innovations, directly enabled the diversification of content. As printing became faster and cheaper, allowing for mass production and lower prices, circulation increased. This expanded readership, in turn, attracted more advertisers. To appeal to this broader, more diverse audience and maximize advertising revenue, content expanded beyond traditional hard news to include syndicated features, comic strips, crossword puzzles, and specialized sections like women’s advice columns. This created a feedback loop where technological capacity drove economic models, which then influenced content strategy.

    Influence of Telegraphy on News Gathering and Timeliness

    The invention of the telegraph, beginning in the 1830s, represented a truly disruptive innovation that quickly became a vital part of the nation’s communication infrastructure. It fundamentally transformed the news-gathering business, allowing correspondents situated around the world to transmit news back to newsrooms in minutes instead of days or weeks, thereby moving beyond primarily hyperlocal coverage. This drastic reduction in time lag introduced the concept of “breaking news” and fostered a competitive “rush for the earliest reports” among newspapers. This created an audience expectation for timely information, an expectation that would later be amplified by the advent of radio and television.

    The high cost of telegraph services spurred the formation of news syndicates, such as the Associated Press (AP) in 1846. These cooperatives regularized news transmission and transformed information into a tradable commodity, granting every newspaper access to major news stories hours after they were first reported. This direct structural adaptation to efficiently leverage the new speed of communication standardized news delivery and laid the groundwork for objective reporting, as the AP aimed to serve diverse member newspapers impartially. The telegraph, therefore, initiated a fundamental shift in journalism from a focus on reporting what had happened (which could be days old) to reporting what was happening now, setting a precedent for the relentless pursuit of immediacy that defines modern news.

    The Rise of Photojournalism and its Effect on Visual Storytelling

    The late 19th and early 20th centuries witnessed a burgeoning demand for photographic illustration in magazines, coinciding with the appearance of lighter, easier-to-use camera equipment. This led to a significant increase in the use of images, including those from wars, for reproduction. The development of picture magazines, a distinct 20th-century phenomenon, was greatly aided by print technologies like rotogravure, which since 1910 offered high-quality reproduction of photographs in large numbers and in a short time.

    The prominence of picture magazines from the 1920s through the 1950s, exemplified by publications like Life and Look, ensured the continued growth of visual reportage and even influenced other fields, such as art exhibitions. Photojournalists, equipped with advanced cameras, were able to perceive and capture significant moments in a fraction of a second, preserving instantaneous perceptions forever. The visual organization of the “picture story” or photo-essay was meticulously planned for maximum reader impact, often blending compelling visuals with editorial comment. Tabloid newspapers in the 1920s further popularized the use of large photographs on their front pages, recognizing their power to attract readers.

    The advent of photojournalism transformed magazines into powerful visual mediums. These picture magazines did more than just illustrate text; they curated a visual world that readers could hold in their hands, profoundly shaping public opinion, fashion, culture, and politics. They became a major source of visual evidence, competing with the visual attraction of movie house offerings and playing a crucial role in producing national identities. This shift from purely textual to integrated visual-textual storytelling made content more accessible and emotionally resonant, fostering a shared cultural experience across a broad readership. Photojournalism thus moved beyond mere documentation to become a powerful tool for cultural shaping and ideological influence, creating a “universally shared view of people and events”. This visual language became a critical component of mass media’s power in the 20th century.

    Table 1: Key Technological Innovations and Their Impact on 20th-Century Print Media

    TechnologyTimeframe (approx.)Primary Impact on Print Media
    Rotary PressMid-19th C, Early 20th CEnabled continuous, high-speed mass production of printed materials
    Linotype MachineLate 19th CMechanically set type, dramatically reduced prepress time, allowed for faster breaking news and late editions
    Offset PrintingEarly 20th CImproved image quality, enabled efficient color printing, led to proliferation of visually rich magazines
    Halftone BlockLate 19th C, Early 20th CFacilitated the reproduction of photographs in print, benefiting magazine publishing
    TelegraphMid-19th C onwardsDrastically increased speed and timeliness of news gathering, enabling “breaking news” and leading to news syndicates like AP
    Radio1920s+Challenged print’s dominance in immediacy, led to “Press-Radio War,” forced print to adapt content and focus
    Television1940s+Replaced newspapers as primary news source, shifted advertising revenue, emphasized visual storytelling in news
    Early InternetLate 20th CEnabled long-distance transmission of journalistic information, led to online versions, but also declining readership/ad revenue for print

    3. Evolution of Journalistic Practices and Content

    The 20th century was a pivotal era for journalism, marked by a concerted push towards professionalization, a continuous redefinition of content, and an ongoing debate about journalistic ethics and objectivity. These developments fundamentally reshaped how news and stories were gathered, presented, and consumed.

    Professionalization of Journalism and Establishment of Ethical Standards

    The early 20th century represented a crucial period in journalism’s evolution, witnessing the rise of investigative reporting, the birth of broadcast news, and the deliberate establishment of professional standards. This growing sense of professionalism was driven by four important factors: the increasing organization of working journalists, the emergence of specialized education for journalism (with the first journalism school established at the University of Missouri in 1908), a growing body of literature dealing with mass communication, and an increasing sense of social responsibility on the part of journalists.

    Professional organizations, such as the American Society of Newspaper Editors (ASNE), formed in 1922, and the Society of Professional Journalists (SPJ), founded in 1909, played a key role in promoting ethical standards and best practices. These efforts emphasized core principles like accuracy, fairness, and objectivity in reporting. Fact-checking, rigorous verification of sources, and a clear separation of news and opinion content became hallmarks of professional journalism. Furthermore, there was a growing recognition of the importance of editorial independence from advertisers and other outside influences.

    However, this push for professionalization and objective reporting often coexisted with commercial imperatives. While journalists strived for impartiality and social responsibility, newspapers simultaneously engaged in “popular and sensational ‘crusades’” to boost circulation and advertising revenue. This inherent conflict between the commercial need to attract a mass audience, often through sensationalism, and the professional ideal of impartial, factual reporting, defined a significant tension throughout the century. The era of “yellow journalism,” characterized by exaggerated and misleading reporting, serves as a prime example of this struggle, eroding public trust and leading to calls for ethical reforms. This dynamic suggests that the path to journalistic professionalism was not linear, often swayed by market demands, and that the concept of objectivity remained a contested and evolving principle.

    Shift from Partisan Reporting to Objectivity and the Rise of “Yellow Journalism”

    Historically, early newspapers and journals were often intensely partisan in their political leanings, viewing their social responsibility as proselytizing their own party’s position and denouncing the opposition. However, as the reading public expanded and newspapers grew in size and wealth, they gradually became more independent. Many U.S. newspapers, in particular, moved towards less partisan and less sensational content, with front-page news increasingly becoming objective while opinion pieces gravitated to dedicated editorial pages. Adolph S. Ochs, upon purchasing The New York Times in 1896, famously declared his paper would publish “All the News That’s Fit to Print,” signaling a commitment to factual reporting.

    Despite this trend towards objectivity, the late 19th and early 20th centuries also saw the peak of “yellow journalism,” notably through the fierce competition between William Randolph Hearst and Joseph Pulitzer in the 1890s. This style employed exaggerated and misleading reporting to increase circulation, often at the expense of accuracy, which in turn eroded public trust and prompted widespread calls for ethical reforms within the industry. Amidst these shifts, the “inverted pyramid” style of news writing, which prioritized key facts and information at the beginning of a story, emerged as a standard practice to ensure efficient information delivery.

    Diversification of Content: Syndicated Features, Comics, Specialized Sections, and “New Journalism”

    As competition for circulation intensified, particularly during the 1920s and 1930s, newspapers began to diversify their content significantly. This included the widespread use of syndicated columnists and ready-to-use features, comic strips, crossword puzzles, and other amusements designed to attract and retain readers. While newspapers in the 1860s and 1870s primarily featured editorials, reproduced speeches, and excerpts from novels, by the early 1900s, their content had greatly expanded, incorporating multi-column headlines to draw attention. The growing importance of advertising categories like food, drink, and tobacco also spurred publishers to provide content that would appeal to the types of readers who would buy these products. Women, a previously underserved demographic, were given advice columns focusing on fashion, household maintenance, and family issues, reflecting a broader appeal.

    The mid-1960s saw a notable convergence in content styles, with most newspapers, particularly their evening and Sunday editions, relying heavily on “magazine techniques,” except for their “hard news” content where the traditional rule of objectivity still applied. This adoption of features, human-interest stories, visual elements, and specialized content suggests that newspapers were attempting to offer a more engaging, in-depth, and entertaining experience beyond just breaking news. This blurring of lines indicates a strategic response to evolving reader preferences and competitive pressures, where newspapers sought to retain relevance by offering a broader value proposition.

    Furthermore, the decades after World War II saw the rise of “new journalism,” exemplified by authors like Truman Capote, Tom Wolfe, and Norman Mailer. This movement gave impetus to journalistic books that blended rigorous reporting with literary techniques, analyzing election campaigns, political scandals, and world affairs.

    Development of Distinct Content Styles for Newspapers vs. Magazines

    Despite the adoption of some “magazine techniques” by newspapers, a fundamental divergence in core purpose remained between the two print formats. Newspapers primarily focused on conveying current information as efficiently as possible, aiming to inform a general audience about politics, crime, wars, and economics. Magazines, in contrast, generally offered more in-depth coverage, often written in a more “elevated prose style,” with the overarching goal to enlighten and entertain.

    Magazines became powerful cultural icons, actively shaping public opinion, fashion, culture, and politics, particularly during their “golden age” in the 1950s, 60s, and 70s. Publications like Life, Look, Playboy, and Time became household names, captivating a global audience with a blend of journalism, photography, and in-depth reporting. Fashion magazines such as Vogue and Harper’s Bazaar dictated trends that defined generations, while music publications like Rolling Stone chronicled the evolution of rock and roll. Even Playboy, beyond its provocative imagery, served as a platform for serious literary work, interviews with prominent figures, and discussions on social issues, pushing the envelope of societal norms. Magazines also diversified into specific interests, giving rise to literary, pulp, fan, teen, and celebrity magazines, all contributing significantly to shared popular culture.

    This strategic differentiation allowed each format to carve out its unique value proposition as other media like radio and television emerged. Magazines, in particular, could focus on curated content, visual storytelling, and shaping cultural narratives, becoming true “cultural icons”. This highlights print media’s adaptive capacity, demonstrating that even within the same broad “print” category, specialization and distinct content strategies were crucial for survival and influence in a rapidly evolving media ecosystem.

    4. Economic Models and Industry Dynamics

    The 20th century witnessed a dramatic transformation in the economic underpinnings of print media, shifting from a mixed model to one overwhelmingly dominated by advertising, leading to significant industry consolidation. These changes profoundly influenced content, circulation, and the overall structure of the press.

    The Increasing Reliance on Advertising as a Primary Revenue Stream

    A pivotal shift in the economic model of print media was the increasing reliance on advertising as the primary revenue stream. Alfred Harmsworth’s London Daily Mail, launched in 1896, was a pioneering example, deliberately priced low to increase circulation with the explicit plan of earning most revenues from advertising. Similarly, magazine publishing greatly benefited from the addition of advertisements as a means of financial support in the late 19th and 20th centuries. The penny press era, beginning in the 1830s, further solidified this trend by shifting the focus towards advertising revenue to support lower cover prices, making newspapers affordable to a wider audience.

    Classified and display advertising subsequently became significant sources of income, directly influencing the layout and design of newspapers to be more advertiser-friendly. By the late 20th century, surviving newspapers increasingly relied on advertising, which accounted for the majority of their total revenue. This transition was not merely a change in funding but a fundamental reorientation of the business. To attract advertisers, publications needed large, broad circulations. This economic imperative directly drove the expansion of content beyond “hard news” to include features, comics, and human-interest stories, as well as targeting new demographics like women. It also fueled intense “circulation wars” and, at times, sensationalism to capture readership. The pursuit of advertising revenue thus transformed print media from primarily informational or partisan organs into mass-market commodities, profoundly influencing their content, design, and competitive strategies.

    Circulation Strategies and Competition

    Competition for circulation remained a fierce aspect of the print industry throughout the 20th century. During the 1920s and 1930s, this competition led to the widespread use of syndicated content, as papers sought to offer diverse and appealing material to attract readers. “Circulation wars” between rival newspapers were common in major cities, often involving aggressive price cutting, with some papers even sold below production cost to gain market share. This intense rivalry sometimes led to questionable journalistic practices and exaggerated reporting. The expansion of the Rural Free Delivery program in the early 20th century also played a role in increasing access to daily newspapers in rural areas of the United States, further broadening the potential readership.

    Consolidation and the Emergence of Media Chains

    The second half of the 20th century, in particular, saw a global pattern of consolidation and merger within the print industry. Beginning in the 1920s, newspaper owners started acquiring papers in other markets, strategically reasoning that they could better compete with emerging media like radio for advertisers if they owned multiple papers across various cities. This period saw the rise of powerful media moguls, such as E.W. Scripps and William Randolph Hearst, who built the first large privately-owned chains, some comprising more than 20 papers.

    These chains allowed for significant economies of scale in production, distribution, and advertising sales. The syndication of content across chain-owned newspapers became common, reducing costs and standardizing some content. While this consolidation offered greater financial stability and bargaining power, particularly against new media competitors, critics argued that chain ownership led to the homogenization of news and a reduction in local focus. This strategy, while crucial for survival, arguably diminished the unique local character and independent voice of many newspapers, trading diversity for economic efficiency.

    The Role and Diminishing Significance of Patronage

    Historically, some newspapers, especially in their early forms, were subsidized by political parties or received government printing contracts, which inherently tied their content to specific agendas. However, the penny press era marked a significant departure from this model, as these papers began operating independently and relying on advertising revenue rather than direct political patrons. By 1900, advertising had firmly established itself as the main source of revenue for newspaper owners, with entrepreneurs increasingly interested in profit replacing politicians as the primary drivers of the business model.

    The decline of patronage and the rise of commercial independence was a crucial step in the evolution of journalism as a distinct profession and business, rather than merely an extension of political machinery. This shift, while opening the door to commercial influence, reduced explicit political control, theoretically allowing for the pursuit of greater objectivity in reporting.

    Table 2: Evolution of Revenue Streams for 20th-Century Newspapers and Magazines

    PeriodPrimary Revenue Sources (Relative Importance)Key Drivers/Influences
    Early 20th Century (pre-1920s)Advertising: Growing importance, becoming dominant; Subscriptions/Circulation: Significant, but declining share; Patronage: Diminishing, minimal for mainstreamPenny Press model, Mass Circulation drive, Harmsworth’s advertising-centric approach, growing consumer culture
    Mid-20th Century (1920s-1960s)Advertising: Dominant, majority of total revenue; Subscriptions/Circulation: Increased slightly, but secondaryCompetition from Radio, early Television, Circulation Wars, continued industry consolidation
    Late 20th Century (1970s-2000)Advertising: Primary, but facing decline; Subscriptions/Circulation: Continued decline, supplementing advertisingWidespread Television adoption, nascent Internet influence, audience fragmentation, increased cost-cutting

    5. The Rise of New Media and Print’s Adaptation

    The 20th century saw the emergence of powerful new electronic media—radio and television—which profoundly challenged print’s dominance, forcing newspapers and magazines to adapt their strategies for survival and relevance. Later, the nascent internet introduced an even more fundamental disruption.

    Competition from Radio: The “Press-Radio War” and Initial Responses

    Starting in the 1920s, radio began to play an increasingly important competitive role, challenging the long-held dominance of newspapers as primary media sources. This competition escalated into what became known as the “Press-Radio War” during the 1920s and early 1930s, where U.S. newspaper industry leaders accused radio networks, particularly NBC and CBS, of causing lost circulation due to their news reporting. Newspapers viewed their news content as proprietary “property” and attempted to stop radio broadcasts, claiming it threatened their financial interests and the integrity of the press. The Associated Press (AP), a major news syndicate, even stopped providing news to radio stations in 1933 in an attempt to curb the competition.

    Print media’s initial defensive stance against this new medium is a clear illustration of an incumbent industry struggling to adapt to disruptive innovation. Newspapers saw radio as “stealing” their content and attempted to impose restrictions, indicating a failure to initially recognize radio as a distinct medium requiring different content and delivery strategies. Indeed, early radio news often involved presenters simply reading newspapers, underscoring this initial lack of differentiation. However, these attempts to maintain a “monopoly on information” proved largely unsuccessful, forcing print to eventually seek compromise and adapt. As radio operators developed their own news operations, they cultivated a distinct, fluid communication style tailored for the ear, unlike the newspaper copy they had previously relied upon. Radio also created new opportunities for newsmakers, allowing elected leaders and other powerful figures to bypass journalists and communicate directly with citizens, a development that had not been previously possible.

    The Transformative Impact of Television on News Consumption and Advertising

    The advent of television, embraced at an even quicker rate than radio, represented a more profound challenge to print media. By the century’s end, television had replaced newspapers as the primary source of information for most Americans. Its widespread adoption dramatically influenced how Americans viewed the world, bringing distant events like the Vietnam War directly into living rooms and altering public understanding of global affairs.

    Television presented a dual threat: superior immediacy and visual dominance. While radio challenged print on speed and audio delivery, television added a powerful visual dimension. This meant television could not only deliver breaking news faster than print but also show it, creating a more immersive and impactful experience. This visual imperative directly impacted print’s advertising revenue, as advertisers increasingly reallocated their budgets away from newspapers and towards the new, visually engaging medium. Television news also evolved to be more action-oriented, visually appealing, and incorporated entertainment news and shorter sound bites, further drawing audiences away from traditional print formats. Television’s rise forced print media to acknowledge its limitations in real-time visual reporting and to strategically pivot towards areas where it could still offer unique value, such as in-depth analysis and curated visual storytelling.

    Print Media’s Strategies for Adaptation and Survival Against Electronic Competitors

    In response to the formidable competition from radio and television, print media developed various strategies for adaptation and survival. By the mid-1960s, most newspapers, particularly their evening and Sunday editions, began to rely heavily on “magazine techniques,” except for their “hard news” content where the traditional rule of objectivity still applied. This involved providing increasing quantities of interpretive material, background articles, personality sketches, and columns of timely comment by skilled writers.

    Magazines, in particular, focused on specialized interests, such as fashion, sports, music, and celebrity culture, and emphasized in-depth reporting, defining cultural zeitgeists rather than merely reporting breaking news. Print media also embraced technological advancements like offset printing and color printing to create more visually appealing products, enhancing the reader’s experience.

    This represented a strategic pivot from being the “first to know” to providing “deep to understand.” Confronted by the superior immediacy of radio and television, print media could no longer compete solely on speed. Instead, they strategically adapted by emphasizing what they could do better: provide in-depth analysis, context, interpretive material, and long-form journalism. Magazines, especially, leaned into their role as cultural shapers and curators of specialized content. This redefinition of print’s value proposition allowed it to retain a significant, albeit redefined, role in the media landscape, demonstrating resilience through specialization and qualitative depth rather than competitive speed.

    Early Encounters with Digital Media and the Internet’s Nascent Influence

    Towards the late 20th century, the landscape shifted once more with the advent of digital technology. Satellites and later the Internet began to be used for the long-distance transmission of journalistic information, hinting at a new era of global connectivity. With the rise of the Internet, more and more magazines started putting versions of their material online, including the emergence of electronic magazines, or “e-zines”.

    However, these technological advancements also presented a significant downside for the traditional print industry. As people gained easier—and often free—access to a wealth of content online, traditional magazines faced declining readership and a drop in advertising revenue as advertisers increasingly turned to other online outlets. The advent of digital media marked a “seismic shift” in how content was consumed and distributed. The Internet and mobile technology dramatically shifted audience behavior, leading to a decline in traditional media consumption. By 2008, for the first time in history, more Americans were getting their news from online sources than from newspapers, a trend that took a heavy toll on the newspaper industry, with circulation numbers plummeting. In response, newspapers and magazines began to put additional focus into their online presence, with some even transitioning to digital-only versions.

    The Internet was not merely another competitor but an existential threat. Unlike radio and television, which were distinct media competing for specific aspects of news and advertising, the internet represented a convergence of all media forms—text, audio, and video—often offered for free. This “digital disruption” fundamentally challenged print’s established business model and its traditional role as a gatekeeper of information. The internet’s interactivity and immediacy further altered audience expectations, leading to plummeting circulation and ad revenue for print publications. This meant the internet was a paradigm shift that forced print media into a more profound re-evaluation of its core identity and long-term viability, a challenge far greater than those posed by earlier electronic media.

    6. Societal and Cultural Influence

    Beyond their commercial and journalistic evolutions, newspapers and magazines played an indispensable role in shaping public discourse, influencing cultural norms, and fostering a sense of shared identity throughout the 20th century.

    Newspapers’ Role in Shaping Public Opinion and Political Discourse

    Newspapers served as a powerful tool for shaping public opinion, primarily through their editorials, opinion pieces, and comprehensive news coverage. They provided a vital source of information, ranging from local news and events to national and international coverage, offering readers a comprehensive understanding of the world around them. Historically, a core mission of newspapers in democracies was to inform a nation’s citizens, enabling them to make better decisions about how they vote or spend their money.

    Newspapers also served as a crucial tool for exposing scandals and injustices. Landmark cases such as The New York Times‘ publication of the Pentagon Papers in 1971, which revealed the U.S. government’s secret involvement in the Vietnam War, and The Washington Post‘s coverage of the Watergate Scandal in the 1970s, exemplify their role in holding power accountable.

    The 20th century saw a dynamic interplay between the press and governments. While the press gained independence from partisan patronage, it faced renewed “strictures and limitations” in some countries, particularly with state ownership and rigorous censorship in communist regimes. In these systems, the press’s primary function to report news was combined with a duty to uphold national ideology, leading to an emphasis on positive achievements and the suppression of failings. Conversely, in democratic nations, major court decisions, including those related to libel suits, made it easier for publishers to pursue “hard-hitting journalism,” contributing to a “golden age of investigative journalism”. This highlights the press’s evolving role as a “fourth estate”—sometimes constrained, sometimes empowered—in holding power accountable and informing public discourse, a role central to democratic function.

    Magazines as Cultural Icons, Influencing Fashion, Lifestyle, and Social Norms

    The period from the 1950s to the 1970s is often referred to as the “golden age of magazines,” during which they stood at the zenith of their influence, profoundly shaping public opinion, fashion, culture, and politics. Magazines like Life, Look, Playboy, and Time became household names, captivating a global audience with a rich blend of journalism, photography, and in-depth reporting.

    These publications did more than just report news; they were instrumental in shaping culture and norms. Fashion magazines such as Vogue and Harper’s Bazaar dictated trends that defined generations, while music publications like Rolling Stone chronicled the evolution of rock and roll, embedding themselves within the fabric of the music industry. Playboy, beyond its provocative imagery, became a platform for serious literary work, interviews with cultural icons, and discussions on social issues, embodying the complexities of the era’s social and sexual revolutions and pushing the envelope of societal norms. Magazines curated a world that readers could physically hold, offering a blend of visual and textual storytelling that engaged, informed, and entertained.

    Magazines, particularly during this influential period, were not just passive reporters but active shapers of culture. They dictated fashion trends, chronicled music evolution, and even pushed social and sexual norms. By curating a blend of visual and textual storytelling and appealing to specific interests, they created and reflected shared cultural experiences, influencing consumerism and lifestyle aspirations. This means magazines served as powerful cultural barometers and influencers, providing a tangible medium through which evolving societal values and trends were disseminated and reinforced, contributing significantly to the formation of national and even global popular culture.

    Contribution to Literacy and National Identity

    Print media played a significant role in fostering literacy and shaping a collective national identity throughout the 20th century. The growing demand for newspapers was directly fueled by the spread of literacy, creating a virtuous cycle where more accessible reading material further increased reading rates. The penny press era, in particular, made newspapers affordable to working-class readers, significantly expanding the literate population.

    Magazines, by achieving nationwide audiences, were instrumental in introducing national trends in news, stories, consumer goods, and fashions across diverse regions. This broad dissemination helped to standardize cultural norms and consumer behaviors. Furthermore, picture magazines, through their emphasis on photographic reportage, produced national identities by providing a major source of visual evidence, creating a shared visual understanding of the world among readers.

    As societies grew and became more complex, print media played a crucial role in fostering a sense of shared community and national identity. Increased literacy meant more people could access a common body of information. National magazines and syndicated newspaper content disseminated shared trends, news, and narratives across diverse regions, creating a collective consciousness. Picture magazines, in particular, offered a common visual understanding of the world. In an era before widespread electronic communication, print media thus served as a vital mechanism for social cohesion and the construction of a unified national narrative, bridging geographical and social divides.

    7. Case Studies of Influential Publications

    This section delves into specific examples of newspapers and magazines that exemplify the trends and transformations discussed, providing concrete illustrations of their founding, peak influence, and adaptations throughout the 20th century.

    Selected Prominent Newspapers

    The New York Times

    Founded in 1851 as the conservative New-York Daily Times, the newspaper gained national recognition in the 1870s for its aggressive coverage of corrupt politician Boss Tweed. In 1896, Adolph Ochs acquired a controlling interest, transforming it into a merchant’s newspaper, removing the hyphen from its name, and famously adopting the motto “All the News That’s Fit to Print”. This move helped turn around its financial difficulties and solidified its commitment to serious, objective news. The Times extensively covered World War II, expanding its operations and maintaining the largest journalism staff of any newspaper. It is renowned for its legacy of investigative, international, and national reporting. The New York Times has successfully adapted to the digital age, with its website debuting in 2001, and has continued to win multiple Pulitzer Prizes for writing, demonstrating a consistent commitment to quality journalism while evolving its delivery platforms. The history of The New York Times exemplifies how a publication can maintain enduring quality and adapt to changing media landscapes. Its consistent commitment to serious, objective news allowed it to weather economic downturns and competitive challenges. Its early adoption of a clear editorial stance and later embrace of technologies like wirephotography and digital platforms showcases a publication that strategically evolved while maintaining its core journalistic integrity, moving from a niche conservative paper to a national and international standard-bearer.

    The Times (London)

    The Times developed into a strong independent newspaper, popularly known as the “Thunderer,” by the mid-1800s, exerting significant influence on British public opinion. However, in the late 19th century, the paper faced severe financial and reputational lows due to overspending and the inadvertent publication of a forgery against Charles Stewart Parnell. Financial security was restored in 1908 when the sensationalist press lord Alfred Harmsworth, 1st Viscount Northcliffe, purchased the paper, though its editorial reputation continued to deteriorate until his death in 1922. A significant market adaptation occurred in 2004 when its circulation increased after the paper replaced its traditional broadsheet edition with a more compact tabloid format. The trajectory of The Times illustrates the interplay of ownership, editorial independence, and market adaptation. Changes in ownership directly impacted its financial stability and, at times, its editorial standing. Its later shift to a tabloid format reflects a market-driven adaptation to changing reader preferences and commuter patterns, demonstrating a willingness to alter physical form to maintain circulation, even for a historically “serious” paper.

    Pravda

    Pravda (Russian for “Truth”) was founded in 1912 as an underground daily workers’ newspaper and subsequently became the official voice of Soviet communism and the Central Committee of the Communist Party from 1918 to 1991. At its peak, its circulation reached 11 million people daily, with party members obligated to read it. As a state-run political apparatus, Pravda existed solely to push Communist policy, being heavily regulated and prioritizing policy over entertainment, featuring few images or cartoons. Throughout its history, it was subjected to constant persecution, fines, and censorship, often changing its name to avoid forced closures. Pravda stands in stark contrast to Western models of journalistic independence. Its state ownership and explicit function as a tool for “pushing Communist policy” and “delivering the official line” highlight the extreme end of government control over the press, where censorship was rigorous and positive achievements were stressed while failings were underreported or ignored. This demonstrates how political ideology fundamentally shaped the role, content, and economic model of a newspaper.

    Asahi Shimbun

    Founded in 1879, Asahi Shimbun quickly rose in prominence as a source of news and literature in Japan. It is considered a left-leaning publication, recognized for its political coverage and foreign news, and maintained correspondents globally, subscribing to over 20 international news services. The newspaper faced significant challenges in maintaining journalistic independence and critical reporting during politically sensitive times, notably resorting to self-censorship during World War II. The experience of Asahi Shimbun reveals the complex challenges faced by major national newspapers in non-Western contexts, particularly during periods of intense geopolitical change. Its role as a “mediator between the governing authority and the general public” and its influence in “shaping national memory” underscore the profound responsibility and inherent pressures on a major national publication. The necessity for self-censorship during wartime illustrates the difficult compromises made to survive and continue publishing.

    Selected Prominent Magazines

    Life

    Life magazine, originally a humor publication, was relaunched in 1936 by Henry Luce as a picture-based periodical, quickly becoming an overwhelming success. It became renowned for its photojournalism, reaching a circulation of over 8 million at its peak, regularly reaching a quarter of the U.S. population. Luce’s vision was for the magazine to enable Americans “to see life; to see the world; to eyewitness great events” through its vivid images. However, Life suffered significantly as television became society’s predominant means of communication, offering a more immediate and dynamic visual experience. Consequently, it ceased weekly publication in 1972 due to declining audience and advertising dollars. Life magazine perfectly embodies the “golden age of magazines” driven by photojournalism. Its immense popularity and influence demonstrate the power of visual storytelling in shaping public perception and cultural narratives. However, its decline directly correlates with the rise of television, which offered a more immediate and dynamic visual experience, highlighting print’s vulnerability when its unique visual advantage was superseded.

    Time

    Time magazine was founded in 1923 by Henry Luce and Briton Hadden, rapidly becoming the most influential newsmagazine in the United States. It gained recognition for its in-depth reporting and analysis of current events, and its iconic “Person of the Year” feature. For many years, Time reflected Luce’s moderately conservative political viewpoint, though it later shifted to a more neutral, centrist stance by the 1970s. The magazine maintained a significantly high circulation, hovering just above four million, until the turn of the century. However, it subsequently faced industry-wide declines in circulation and advertising in print news media, undergoing restructuring that included job cuts and buyouts. Time represents the successful adaptation of the magazine format to news analysis, providing a curated, in-depth alternative to daily newspapers. Its long-standing influence and high circulation demonstrate the market for such content. However, its later struggles and corporate restructuring vividly illustrate the profound impact of industry-wide declines in print media brought about by the digital age, forcing even established giants to re-evaluate their business models.

    Vogue

    Vogue was founded in 1892 as a weekly newspaper for the New York upper class, intended to celebrate the “ceremonial side of life”. In 1909, Condé Montrose Nast purchased Vogue, transforming it into a women’s fashion magazine and expanding its editions internationally. Vogue became instrumental in dictating fashion trends and defining generations, serving as a cultural icon that shaped societal norms. Vogue‘s journey from a social gazette to a global fashion icon highlights the power of specializing in niche publications and catering to specific demographics, particularly the aspirational upper-class market. Its ability to “dictate trends” demonstrates how magazines moved beyond mere reporting to actively shape culture and consumer behavior, a strategy that allowed it to thrive even as other print media faced challenges.

    Reader’s Digest

    The inaugural issue of Reader’s Digest was published in February 1922, founded by DeWitt Wallace and Lila Bell Acheson. It quickly gained popularity due to its time-saving, condensed format, which appealed particularly to busy readers. Reader’s Digest grew to become the world’s most widely read publication, expanding internationally to over 160 countries and 16 languages by the 1980s. Despite increased competition in the industry, it maintained high circulation throughout the 20th century, adapting its business model to accept advertising in 1954 to offset rising costs. The UK print edition ceased publication in April 2024. Reader’s Digest exemplifies a successful adaptation strategy for the busy 20th-century reader: condensing information for easy consumption. Its rapid international expansion demonstrates the global appetite for curated, accessible content. The pragmatic decision to accept advertising highlights its approach to economic viability, allowing it to remain the “most-read magazine in the world throughout the twentieth century” even as other publications struggled.

    The New Yorker

    The New Yorker was founded in 1925 by Harold Ross, with the aim of being a sophisticated humor magazine distinct from its “corny” predecessors. It quickly established itself as a preeminent forum for serious fiction, essays, and journalism, publishing significant works such as John Hersey’s “Hiroshima,” which filled an entire issue. The magazine became known for its distinctive approach, sense of humor, depth of reporting, and high literary quality. The New Yorker has successfully adapted to the digital age, launching its website in 2001 and a podcast, The New Yorker Radio Hour, in 2015. It has also won numerous National Magazine Awards and multiple Pulitzer Prizes for writing, demonstrating its enduring commitment to journalistic excellence. The New Yorker demonstrates that a focus on high-quality, long-form journalism, sophisticated analysis, and literary merit can create an enduring publication, even in a rapidly changing media landscape. Its ability to attract and publish renowned writers and its consistent critical acclaim allowed it to maintain a distinct identity and readership, proving that depth and quality could be a successful counter-strategy to mass-market, sensationalist trends. Its successful transition to digital platforms further reinforces this adaptability.

    Table 3: Selected Influential 20th-Century Newspapers and Magazines

    Publication NameTypeFounding YearPeak Influence PeriodDefining Characteristics/ContributionsNotable Challenges/Decline (if applicable)
    The New York TimesNewspaper18511870s+, Mid-20th C (WWII)Objective news, investigative reporting, national & international coverage, “All the News That’s Fit to Print”Financial difficulties (1893 Panic), competition from other NYC papers, later digital disruption
    The Times (London)Newspaper1785 (became “Thunderer” mid-1800s)Mid-1800s, Early 20th C (Northcliffe era)Strong independent voice, influence on public opinionFinancial lows & reputational damage (late 19th C), labor disputes (1978), circulation decline before tabloid shift
    PravdaNewspaper19121918-1991 (Soviet era)Official voice of Soviet communism, policy dissemination, high circulationConstant persecution & censorship, state control, ceased publication after USSR collapse
    Asahi ShimbunNewspaper1879Throughout 20th C (prominent)Source of news & literature, political coverage, foreign news, left-leaningGovernment censorship, self-censorship during WWII, navigating geopolitical pressures
    LifeMagazine1936 (relaunch)1936-1960sPhotojournalism, visual storytelling, cultural icon, captured global imaginationDecline due to television’s rise, ceased weekly publication (1972)
    TimeMagazine1923Throughout 20th C (influential)In-depth news analysis, “Person of the Year,” influential newsmagazineIndustry-wide declines in print circulation/advertising, corporate restructuring
    VogueMagazine1892Throughout 20th C (influential)Fashion trends, lifestyle, cultural icon, international expansionInitial struggle as weekly newspaper, later digital shift
    Reader’s DigestMagazine1922Throughout 20th C (most widely read)Condensed content, time-saving format, global reach, international editionsIncreased competition, declining U.S. readership (2000s), UK print ceased (2024)
    The New YorkerMagazine1925Throughout 20th C (preeminent forum)Sophisticated humor, serious fiction, essays, literary journalism, in-depth reportingInitial struggles, later digital adaptation

    8. Conclusion: Legacy and Enduring Relevance

    The 20th century was a period of immense dynamism for newspapers and magazines, marked by both a “golden age” of unparalleled influence and significant challenges from emerging technologies. Their evolution offers crucial lessons for understanding contemporary media and navigating its future.

    Summarizing the Profound Transformations and Enduring Contributions

    From their initial dominance as the primary sources of information, print media underwent continuous transformations, redefining their roles and content in response to the advent of radio, television, and the nascent internet. Technological innovations, such as advanced printing presses and photojournalism techniques, drove mass production and diversification, enabling wider reach and more engaging content. Concurrently, economic shifts towards an advertising-dominated model profoundly reshaped content strategies, leading to a focus on mass circulation and industry consolidation.

    Journalism itself professionalized, striving for objectivity and ethical standards amidst the commercial pressures that sometimes led to sensationalism. Despite these internal tensions and external pressures, print media played a critical and indispensable role in shaping public opinion, influencing cultural norms, and fostering a sense of national identity throughout the century. They served as vital platforms for public discourse, investigative reporting, and the dissemination of cultural trends.

    Reflecting on Lessons Learned for Contemporary Media

    The challenges faced by print media in the 20th century, particularly from the rise of electronic and digital convergence, offer valuable foresight into the ongoing disruptions in the 21st century. The history of 20th-century print media reveals a recurring pattern: a new technology emerges, initially dismissed or resisted, then forces existing media to adapt or decline. Print’s responses—from leveraging the telegraph for speed, to focusing on in-depth analysis and visual storytelling in response to radio and television, and finally embracing a digital presence with the internet—demonstrate a continuous cycle of re-evaluation of its core value proposition. Each disruption necessitates a re-specialization or a move to a new platform, yet the fundamental purpose of informing and engaging the public remains constant.

    The strategies of adaptation employed by newspapers and magazines—such as focusing on in-depth analysis, cultivating niche content, enhancing visual storytelling, and establishing a robust digital presence—remain highly relevant for media organizations today. The perennial struggle between commercial viability and journalistic integrity, a defining tension of the 20th century, continues to be a central issue for media in the digital age. This historical pattern suggests that no media form is immune to disruption, and continuous innovation, strategic differentiation, and a willingness to embrace new platforms are essential for long-term survival in a dynamic media ecosystem. The legacy of 20th-century newspapers and magazines underscores the enduring power of compelling narratives and reliable information, regardless of the medium through which they are delivered.

    Works cited

    1. Newspaper | History & Facts | Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/topic/newspaper 2. Old media (traditional media) | EBSCO Research Starters, https://www.ebsco.com/research-starters/information-technology/old-media-traditional-media 3. History of American newspapers – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_American_newspapers 4. Magazine | Definition, History, & Facts | Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/topic/magazine-publishing 5. Asahi shimbun | Circulation, History, & Facts | Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/topic/Asahi-shimbun 6. Timeline of Printing in 20th Century: From 1900-1949 – Machine Dalal, https://magazine.machinedalal.com/timeline-of-printing-in-20th-century-from-1900-1949/ 7. Rise of newspapers | Literature of Journalism Class Notes – Fiveable, https://library.fiveable.me/literature-of-journalism/unit-1/rise-newspapers/study-guide/0N1NfA67yYKWOX4n 8. Newspapers and magazines:Background – Vault, https://vault.com/industries/newspapers-and-magazines/background 9. The History and Evolution of Print Media – Asset Liquidity, https://www.assetliquidity.net/blog/the-history-and-evolution-of-print-media 10. Evolution of Print Media from Gutenberg to Digital Age | Editorial Design Class Notes, https://library.fiveable.me/editorial-design/unit-2/evolution-print-media-gutenberg-digital-age/study-guide/DkcRLFBcjp3WjnEl 11. What history teaches us: How newspapers have evolved to meet market demands, https://www.cislm.org/what-history-teaches-us-how-newspapers-have-evolved-to-meet-market-demands/ 12. Telegraphy in the United States – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Telegraphy_in_the_United_States 13. The Telegraph, Newspapers, and 19th-Century Disruption – The Tilt, https://www.thetilt.com/content/telegraph-newspapers-19th-century-disruption 14. History of photography – Photojournalism, Documentary, Visual Storytelling – Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/technology/photography/Photojournalism 15. Picture Magazines – iResearchNet – Communication, https://communication.iresearchnet.com/visual-communication/picture-magazines/ 16. The Golden Age of Magazines: A Storied Contrast to the Digital Era – Julien’s Auctions, https://www.juliensauctions.com/en/articles/the-golden-age-of-magazines-a-storied-contrast-to-the-digital-era 17. http://www.juliensauctions.com, https://www.juliensauctions.com/en/articles/the-golden-age-of-magazines-a-storied-contrast-to-the-digital-era#:~:text=In%20the%201950s%2C%2060s%2C%20and,icons%20that%20defined%20the%20zeitgeist. 18. library.fiveable.me, https://library.fiveable.me/history-and-principles-of-journalism/unit-5#:~:text=The%20early%2020th%20century%20marked,foundation%20for%20modern%20journalism%20practices. 19. Journalism’s 20th Century Professionalization | History and …, https://library.fiveable.me/history-and-principles-of-journalism/unit-5 20. The New Yorker | Cover, Online, Editors, Crossword, & Cartoons | Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/topic/The-New-Yorker 21. Introduction to Newspapers and Magazines – Newspapers and …, https://guides.library.illinois.edu/periodicals/introduction 22. 5.3 The Role of Magazines in the Development of American Popular Culture, https://courses.lumenlearning.com/suny-massmedia/chapter/5-3-the-role-of-magazines-in-the-development-of-american-popular-culture/ 23. American Newspapers, 1800-1860: City Newspapers – University of Illinois Library, https://www.library.illinois.edu/hpnl/tutorials/antebellum-newspapers-city/ 24. History of journalism – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_journalism 25. Press-Radio War | EBSCO Research Starters, https://www.ebsco.com/research-starters/communication-and-mass-media/press-radio-war 26. Journalism After the Early 20th Century – Rodrigo Zamith, https://courses.rodrigozamith.com/intro-to-journalism/history-of-us-journalism/journalism-after-the-early-20th-century/ 27. Journalism After the Early 20th Century, https://ajh.rodrigozamith.com/history-of-us-journalism/journalism-after-the-early-20th-century/ 28. The Impact of Television on News Media | DPLA, https://dp.la/primary-source-sets/the-impact-of-television-on-news-media 29. Magazine Industry – History Timelines, https://historytimelines.co/timeline/magazine-industry 30. Media convergence | Definition, Impact & Examples | Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/topic/media-convergence 31. Technological convergence – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Technological_convergence 32. 41. 14.1 Changes in Media Over the Last Century – Open Text WSU, https://opentext.wsu.edu/com101/chapter/16-1-changes-in-media-over-the-last-century/ 33. Printing Press, Digital Age, and Social Movements | Center for Mobile Communication Studies – Boston University, https://sites.bu.edu/cmcs/2017/11/16/printing-press-digital-age-and-social-movements/ 34. The Role Of Newspapers In Shaping Public Opinion Through History | by Justine Jacob, https://amieians.com/the-role-of-newspapers-in-shaping-public-opinion-through-history-8473b8434d1c 35. Twentieth Century Consumerism through Newspaper Ads | “Covers Dixie Like the Dew” – Georgia Exhibits, https://georgia-exhibits.galileo.usg.edu/spotlight/georgia-newspapers/feature/twentieth-century-consumerism-through-newspaper-ads 36. Print Media and Magazine Design History | Editorial Design Class Notes | Fiveable, https://library.fiveable.me/editorial-design/unit-2 37. The New York Times – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_New_York_Times 38. History of The New York Times (1851–1896) – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_The_New_York_Times_(1851%E2%80%931896) 39. The Times | History & Facts | Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/topic/The-Times 40. American and Soviet “Truth”: Pravda in Special Collections – Syracuse University Libraries, https://library.syracuse.edu/blog/american-and-soviet-truth-pravda-in-special-collections/ 41. Pravda Digital Archive – East View Information Services, https://www.eastview.com/resources/gpa/pravda/ 42. 73 The Asahi Shimbun was founded in 1879 as a small publication, but quickly rose in prominence as a source of news and literatu – Temple Digital Collections, https://digital.library.temple.edu/digital/api/collection/p245801coll10/id/343151/download 43. (PDF) Book review- Media, propaganda and politics in 20th-century …, https://www.researchgate.net/publication/328892353_Book_review-_Media_propaganda_and_politics_in_20th-century_Japan_The_Asahi_Shimbun_Company_-_Transl_Barak_Kushner 44. Life (magazine) – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Life_(magazine) 45. First issue of “Life” is published | November 23, 1936 – History.com, https://www.history.com/this-day-in-history/november-23/first-issue-of-life-is-published 46. Time | History, Culture & Politics | Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/topic/Time-American-magazine 47. The ridiculously convoluted ownership history behind Time magazine – Quartz, https://qz.com/215775/the-ridiculously-convoluted-ownership-history-of-time-magazine 48. Reading Vogue, Then and Now | Insights – Library of Congress Blogs, https://blogs.loc.gov/kluge/2024/04/reading-vogue-then-and-now/ 49. Vogue (magazine) – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vogue_(magazine) 50. Reader’s Digest Is Founded | EBSCO Research Starters, https://www.ebsco.com/research-starters/history/readers-digest-founded 51. Historical Development – Introduction to Media Studies – Pressbooks.pub, https://pressbooks.pub/mediastudies/chapter/print-historicaldev/ 52. Reader’s Digest – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reader%27s_Digest 53. The New Yorker – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_New_Yorker 54. The 15 Most Influential Journalism Stories in US History, https://gijn.org/stories/the-15-most-influential-journalism-stories-in-us-history/ 55. 20th Century Magazines & Periodicals – History: A Guide to United States Historical Research at Cornell, https://guides.library.cornell.edu/ushist/magazines

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • The Definitive Guide to HVAC and Air Conditioning Maintenance: Practical Steps

    The Definitive Guide to HVAC and Air Conditioning Maintenance: Practical Steps

    Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) systems are far more than just appliances that regulate temperature; they are complex, integrated systems crucial for maintaining optimal indoor air quality, humidity levels, and overall comfort within residential, commercial, and industrial spaces. As highlighted by ASHRAE, a leading international society of HVAC&R professionals, understanding the fundamental principles of these systems, from basic design to operation, is essential for anyone involved in their management or maintenance. This report delves into the intricate world of HVAC maintenance, providing a comprehensive guide that bridges deep technical understanding with actionable, practical steps. Proactive maintenance is not merely a reactive measure to fix breakdowns; it is a strategic investment that underpins the efficiency, longevity, safety, and comfort delivered by these vital systems.

    The consistent and efficient operation of HVAC systems directly correlates with the health, productivity, and overall well-being of the individuals occupying the conditioned space. When systems are well-maintained, they contribute to superior indoor air quality, enhanced safety, and improved comfort for building occupants. Beyond these immediate human benefits, regular maintenance significantly extends the operational life of the equipment. For example, units that receive consistent care typically last 15–20 years, a notable improvement compared to the 10–15 years seen in neglected systems. This substantial extension of operational life directly preserves and enhances the property’s asset value, deferring significant capital expenditure on premature replacements. Therefore, HVAC maintenance transcends a simple operational expense; it represents a strategic investment that yields returns in both human well-being and physical asset preservation.

    Section 1: Understanding Your HVAC System’s Core

    1.1 What is HVAC? A Fundamental Overview

    HVAC stands for Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning, encompassing the technologies that provide thermal comfort and acceptable indoor air quality. These systems function by removing or adding heat to indoor air, managing air quality, and circulating air throughout a conditioned space. ASHRAE’s extensive resources, including textbooks like “Principles of Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning,” serve as foundational texts for understanding these complex systems, from basic principles through design and operation. The overarching goal of an HVAC system is to create and maintain an ideal indoor environment tailored to occupant needs, ensuring comfort regardless of external conditions.

    The various components within an HVAC system do not operate in isolation; rather, they work together to regulate temperature, circulate air, and improve the quality of the indoor environment. This signifies a dynamic and interdependent relationship among all parts. For instance, indoor air quality, which is primarily a ventilation concern, is directly influenced by the effectiveness of air filters. If an air filter becomes clogged, a common maintenance issue , it restricts airflow. This restriction not only compromises the system’s heating or cooling efficiency but also diminishes its ability to filter pollutants, thereby degrading indoor air quality. This illustrates that a malfunction or neglect in one subsystem, such as filtration, can have cascading negative effects across the entire system’s capacity to provide holistic environmental control, underscoring the necessity of viewing maintenance through an integrated lens.

    1.2 Key Components and Their Functions (Residential & Commercial)

    Understanding the individual components of an HVAC system is crucial for effective maintenance. While residential and commercial systems share core principles, commercial setups often feature additional, larger-scale components.

    Residential HVAC Components:

    • Outdoor Unit (Condenser): This unit typically houses the compressor, which pressurizes the refrigerant gas , and the condenser coil, where the high-pressure, high-temperature refrigerant releases heat to the outdoor air, converting back to a liquid. A fan within the outdoor unit draws air across the condenser coil to facilitate this heat exchange.
    • Indoor Unit (Evaporator/Air Handler): Often combined with a furnace or fan coil, this unit contains the evaporator coil, where liquid refrigerant absorbs heat from the indoor air and evaporates into a gas, cooling the air. A blower fan circulates indoor air across this cold coil and then distributes the cooled or heated air through the home’s ductwork. The AC filter is a critical component here, trapping particulates before air circulates.
    • Connecting Components: Copper tubing or refrigerant lines allow the refrigerant to flow between indoor and outdoor units. Ductwork forms a network of channels distributing conditioned air and returning stale air. Vents/Registers are the openings where air enters and exits rooms.
    • Control Center: The thermostat acts as the system’s brain, sensing temperature and signaling components to turn on/off to maintain desired settings.
    • Heating Specifics: A furnace burns fuel (gas, oil, electricity) to produce heat, which is then transferred via a heat exchanger to the circulating air. Burners and electric ignition switches are integral to this process. A heat pump offers dual functionality, moving heat in or out depending on the season.
    • Ancillary Components: These include media filters, air scrubbers, air purifiers, humidifiers/dehumidifiers for enhanced air quality and humidity control , and dampers to control airflow in zoned systems.

    Commercial HVAC Components: Commercial systems often build upon residential principles but incorporate larger, more specialized equipment due to scale and complexity.

    • Chillers: Large cooling components, often located outdoors, that remove heat from a liquid (typically water) circulated through the building’s pipelines. They can be air-cooled or water-cooled, working with cooling towers for heat dissipation.
    • Boilers: Used to produce hot water or steam for heating, distributed throughout the building via heating coils or pipes.
    • Air Handling Units (AHUs): Larger, more complex versions of indoor units, housing heating/cooling coils, blowers, filters, and dampers, responsible for circulating and regulating air for an entire building or zone.
    • Terminal Units: Devices that handle the volume of conditioned air entering specific areas or rooms, often containing coils, filters, and blowers. Rooftop units (RTUs) are common commercial terminal units.
    • Pumps: Circulate chilled and hot water to specified areas of the building.
    • Duct Systems: Extensive networks of ducts for distributing and returning air, often with detailed layouts in HVAC drawings.

    Comparing residential and commercial HVAC components reveals a significant leap in scale and functional diversity. Residential systems are relatively self-contained, while commercial systems introduce large-scale elements like chillers, boilers, cooling towers, and complex Air Handling Units (AHUs). This architectural difference implies that maintenance for commercial systems is not merely a scaled-up version of residential tasks. Instead, it demands a higher degree of specialized technical expertise, different diagnostic tools (e.g., psychrometers, manifold gauges ), and potentially more rigorous safety protocols due to higher voltages, larger chemical volumes, and more complex mechanical systems. This highlights that while the underlying principles of HVAC remain consistent, the practical application of maintenance becomes highly specialized with increasing system complexity, underscoring the critical need for professional, certified technicians in commercial environments.

    Table 1: Key HVAC Components and Their Functions

    Component NamePrimary FunctionTypical Location
    ThermostatRegulates temperature; control centerIndoor (wall-mounted)
    CompressorPressurizes refrigerant gasOutdoor unit
    Evaporator CoilAbsorbs heat from indoor air; cools airIndoor unit (furnace/fan coil/air handler)
    Condenser CoilReleases heat to outdoor air; condenses refrigerantOutdoor unit
    Blower FanCirculates air throughout ductworkIndoor unit (furnace/fan coil/air handler)
    DuctworkDistributes conditioned air; returns stale airThroughout building (walls, ceilings, floors)
    FurnaceGenerates heat by burning fuelIndoor (basement, utility closet, garage)
    Heat PumpTransfers heat for both heating and coolingOutdoor (condenser unit look-alike)
    Air FilterTraps dust, dirt, allergens; improves air qualityIndoor unit (air handler, return air duct)
    ChillerRemoves heat from liquid circulated through pipesOutdoor (commercial buildings)
    BoilerProduces hot water or steam for heatingIndoor (commercial buildings)
    Terminal UnitHandles conditioned air volume for specific zonesVarious (e.g., rooftop units, in-room units)
    Thermal Expansion ValveRegulates refrigerant flow into evaporator coilIndoor unit (air handler, near evaporator coil)

    1.3 The Science Behind the Comfort: How HVAC Systems Operate

    At the heart of air conditioning is the vapor-compression cycle, a thermodynamic process that efficiently transfers heat. This cycle relies on a specialized chemical called refrigerant, which readily changes phase between liquid and gas. The process involves five key steps:

    1. Compression: The compressor raises the pressure and temperature of the refrigerant gas.
    2. Condensation: The high-pressure, hot refrigerant gas flows to the outdoor condenser coil, where it releases its absorbed heat to the cooler outdoor air and condenses back into a liquid.
    3. Expansion: The liquid refrigerant then travels indoors and passes through a thermal expansion valve or orifice, which lowers its pressure, causing it to cool rapidly and begin to evaporate.
    4. Evaporation: The cold, low-pressure liquid refrigerant enters the indoor evaporator coil. A fan blows warm indoor air across this coil, and the refrigerant absorbs heat from the air, evaporating back into a gas. This process cools the indoor air.
    5. Circulation: The cooled air is then circulated back into the home through ductwork, while the now-heated refrigerant gas returns to the compressor to repeat the cycle.

    The fundamental principle governing this process is that heat naturally transfers from a warmer object to a cooler object. Air conditioners do not “create” cold; they move heat from inside to outside. Modern AC systems also feature a dehumidification cycle, where the fan slows down to reduce the evaporator temperature and condense more water, thus removing excess moisture from the air.

    Refrigerant is consistently identified as the core chemical medium that enables the entire heat transfer process through its forced circulation and phase change. It is explicitly described as a “specialized chemical” that “facilitates the heat exchange process”. However, several maintenance discussions highlight “refrigerant leaks” as a common and significant problem. These leaks are explicitly stated to make the system “less efficient,” “increasing energy costs,” and “reducing the life of the equipment”. Furthermore, symptoms such as “warm air blowing from your vents” and “a frozen evaporator coil” are direct indicators of a refrigerant issue. Crucially, it is noted that refrigerant “can be dangerous to handle” and requires a “reputable HVAC contractor to recharge”. This understanding establishes refrigerant not merely as a functional component but as an absolutely vital medium whose integrity is paramount for system operation. Any compromise to its containment, such as a leak, directly undermines the core thermodynamic principle of heat transfer, leading to a cascade of negative effects on performance, cost, and longevity, and necessitates professional, safety-conscious intervention due to its hazardous nature.

    Section 2: The Unquestionable Benefits of Regular HVAC Maintenance

    Investing in regular HVAC maintenance is not an expense but a critical investment with multifaceted returns that extend far beyond simple repairs. It ensures the optimal performance, longevity, safety, and comfort of heating and cooling systems.

    2.1 Maximizing Energy Efficiency and Reducing Costs

    One of the most compelling benefits of consistent HVAC maintenance is the substantial reduction in energy consumption and associated costs. Over time, systems accumulate dirt, dust, and debris, forcing components to work harder to maintain desired temperatures. This increased strain leads to reduced efficiency. Well-maintained systems, however, operate more efficiently, potentially using 5-15% less energy per year and leading to energy savings of up to 30% on cooling costs. By ensuring clean coils, filters, and optimized airflow, maintenance directly translates to lower monthly utility bills.

    2.2 Extending System Lifespan and Protecting Your Investment

    Regular maintenance significantly extends the operational life of HVAC equipment. Neglected systems typically last 10-15 years, whereas well-cared-for units can last 15-20 years. During maintenance visits, technicians can identify and rectify minor issues before they escalate into major, costly problems requiring extensive repairs or premature replacement. This proactive approach reduces wear and tear on components, safeguarding the substantial investment in the system.

    2.3 Enhancing Indoor Air Quality and Occupant Comfort

    HVAC systems play a vital role in maintaining healthy indoor air quality. Without regular maintenance, dust, pollen, pet dander, and other contaminants can accumulate in ductwork and on system components, recirculating throughout the building. Regular cleaning and filter replacement directly improve air quality, promoting a healthier environment, especially for those with allergies or respiratory issues. Furthermore, proper maintenance ensures consistent temperature and humidity levels, preventing uneven heating or cooling and maintaining optimal occupant comfort.

    2.4 Ensuring Safety and Preventing Costly Breakdowns

    Unmaintained HVAC systems pose several safety risks. Accumulation of dust and debris can clog filters and components, leading to overheating and increasing the risk of electrical fires. Electrical hazards, mold growth, and improper combustion (in heating systems) are also potential dangers. Professional maintenance identifies and addresses these hazards promptly, ensuring safe operation and preventing unexpected breakdowns during critical peak seasons.

    2.5 Maintaining Warranty Compliance

    Many HVAC manufacturers stipulate regular professional servicing as a condition for warranty coverage. Skipping annual tune-ups can void these warranties, leaving homeowners responsible for the full cost of repairs or replacements if a defect arises. Regular maintenance ensures that warranty conditions are met, protecting the investment.

    Multiple sources consistently link neglected HVAC maintenance, such as dirty filters or clogged coils, to a series of escalating negative outcomes: reduced energy efficiency, poor indoor air quality, increased risk of equipment failure, safety hazards, and reduced comfort. This is not a collection of isolated problems but rather a self-reinforcing negative feedback loop. For instance, reduced efficiency due to dirty components forces the system to run longer and work harder, leading to accelerated wear and tear and a shortened lifespan. This increased strain, in turn, heightens the risk of breakdowns and costly repairs. Simultaneously, compromised filtration and airflow not only waste energy but also actively recirculate allergens and pollutants, degrading indoor air quality and potentially fostering mold growth. This demonstrates a compounding negative effect: initial neglect triggers a cascade of worsening performance, safety issues, and ultimately, significant financial burdens, making the cost of inaction far greater than the cost of proactive maintenance.

    Section 3: Comprehensive HVAC Maintenance Checklists and Frequencies

    Effective HVAC maintenance requires a structured approach, combining routine homeowner tasks with periodic professional tune-ups. Adhering to a schedule ensures optimal performance and longevity.

    3.1 Seasonal Maintenance: Preparing for Peak Performance

    Most HVAC service providers recommend professional inspections and tune-ups twice a year: in the spring to prepare for the cooling season and in the fall to get ready for the heating season. This pre-season check-up is crucial for preventing problems during peak demand.

    • Spring/Summer Maintenance Checklist (Cooling Focus):
    • Air Filters: Clean or replace as needed. This is a primary homeowner task that significantly impacts efficiency.
    • Condenser and Evaporator Coils: Check for dirt and clean thoroughly. Dirty coils drastically reduce cooling capacity and increase energy costs.
    • Condensate Drain Lines: Inspect for blockages to ensure free flow. A plugged drain can cause water damage and affect humidity levels.
    • Thermostat Controls: Verify proper operation, humidity settings, and timer functions.
    • Moving Parts: Inspect and lubricate components such as the fan motor, pulleys, and bearings to reduce friction and energy consumption.
    • Electrical Connections: Tighten all electrical connections and measure voltage/current on motors. Faulty connections can lead to unsafe operation and component failure.
    • Cabinet Inspection: Check for possible leaks and ensure the outdoor unit’s door or access panels close securely.
    • Outdoor Unit Cleaning: Clean the exterior of the condenser unit, removing debris and ensuring adequate ventilation.
    • Refrigerant Level (Professional Task): A professional should check and adjust refrigerant levels if necessary, as incorrect levels severely impact efficiency and equipment life.
    • Fall/Winter Maintenance Checklist (Heating Focus):
    • Heating Equipment Filters: Replace.
    • Ignition Burner Assembly & Heating Elements: Ensure flawless operation. A dirty burner impacts efficiency and safety.
    • Gas Pressure and Connections: Crucial professional check for proper burner combustion and to identify potential fire or health hazards from leaks.
    • Moving Parts: Examine and lubricate as needed.
    • Drain Line & Pan: Confirm the drain line is clear and the condensate pan is free of standing water.
    • Heat Pump Inspection: If applicable, a thorough inspection of the heat pump’s operation for heating mode.
    • Thermostat and Controls: Verify proper functioning for heating settings.
    • Electrical Wiring: Check all electrical connections for integrity.
    • Flue System: Examine for issues to ensure safe venting of exhaust gases like carbon monoxide.
    • Fan, Blower, Ducts, and Vents: Inspect for obstructions and proper airflow.

    3.2 Routine Homeowner Tasks: A Proactive Approach

    Homeowners can significantly contribute to their HVAC system’s health through simple, regular tasks.

    • Air Filter Maintenance: This is arguably the most important DIY task. Inspect disposable air filters monthly and change them every 1-3 months, or more frequently (every 45-90 days) if there are pets, allergies, or if the home is in a dusty environment. Clogged filters restrict airflow, increase energy costs, and can damage equipment.
    • Carbon Monoxide Detector: Ensure these detectors are in good working order and replace their batteries every six months to protect occupants from poisoning.
    • Refrigerant Lines: While professional intervention is needed for leaks, homeowners can visually check refrigerant lines monthly for any signs of leakage (e.g., ice buildup, oil stains).
    • Furnace Humidifier Water Supply: Turn off the water supply to the humidifier during the cooling season (summer) and turn it back on in winter after replacing the filter and setting the desired humidity level.
    • Clear Debris Around Outdoor Unit: Regularly clear leaves, grass clippings, and other debris from around the outdoor condenser unit. Keep vegetation trimmed back at least two feet to ensure proper airflow.
    • Thermostat Check: Periodically check that thermostat settings are accurate and match the home’s temperature. Calibrate if necessary for optimal efficiency.

    3.3 The Value of Professional Annual Tune-Ups

    While homeowner tasks are important, professional tune-ups are indispensable. Certified HVAC contractors perform comprehensive checks, testing, cleaning, and adjusting components beyond what a homeowner can safely or effectively do.

    • Comprehensive Assessment: Professionals assess wear and tear, identify small issues before they become major problems, and ensure the system operates safely and efficiently. This includes checking refrigerant levels, tightening electrical connections, and inspecting burner combustion.
    • Preventative Care: These visits are crucial for preventative care, catching issues that might otherwise lead to unexpected breakdowns during peak usage.
    • Maintenance Plans: Many HVAC companies offer yearly maintenance agreements that include regular inspections, priority service, and discounts on repairs and parts. These plans are often affordable and can save significant money over time by preventing costly repairs and extending system life.

    The research clearly delineates between tasks suitable for homeowners (e.g., filter changes, debris removal ) and those requiring professional expertise (e.g., refrigerant checks, electrical connections, gas pressure ). Furthermore, the risks of complex DIY repairs (safety hazards, voiding warranties, causing further damage) are emphasized, contrasting with the benefits of professional service (expertise, proper tools, long-term cost-effectiveness). This suggests that optimal HVAC health and performance are not achieved by either approach in isolation, but by a synergistic model. Homeowners handle frequent, basic tasks to maintain immediate efficiency and air quality, while professionals conduct less frequent, highly technical, and safety-critical inspections and adjustments that require specialized knowledge and tools. This combined strategy maximizes system efficiency, ensures safety, extends longevity, and minimizes overall costs and risks, creating a comprehensive and effective maintenance regimen.

    Table 2: HVAC Maintenance Checklist: Homeowner vs. Professional Tasks & Frequencies

    Maintenance TaskRecommended FrequencyResponsibilityKey Benefit
    Inspect/Change Air FiltersMonthly to QuarterlyHomeownerImproved airflow, energy savings, system protection
    Clear Debris from Outdoor UnitMonthlyHomeownerOptimal heat exchange, prevents strain
    Check Thermostat Settings/BatteriesAnnually/As neededHomeownerAccurate temperature control, prevents malfunction
    Clean Condenser CoilsAnnuallyHomeownerEfficient heat dissipation, lower energy bills
    Inspect Condensate DrainRegularly/As neededHomeownerPrevents water damage, controls humidity
    Check Refrigerant LevelsAnnuallyProfessionalOptimal cooling, energy efficiency, system life
    Tighten Electrical ConnectionsAnnuallyProfessionalEnhanced safety, prevents component failure
    Lubricate Moving PartsAnnuallyProfessionalReduces friction, extends component life
    Inspect Burner Combustion/Gas PressureAnnuallyProfessionalFire safety, carbon monoxide prevention
    Examine Heat ExchangerAnnuallyProfessionalPrevents carbon monoxide leaks, safety
    Inspect Ductwork for LeaksAnnually/As neededProfessionalImproved airflow, energy efficiency
    Check Flue SystemAnnuallyProfessionalSafe exhaust venting, prevents hazards
    Inspect Heat PumpAnnuallyProfessionalEnsures dual-mode efficiency
    Check Carbon Monoxide DetectorEvery 6 monthsHomeownerLife safety

    Section 4: Step-by-Step DIY Maintenance Procedures

    Empowering homeowners with the knowledge to perform basic HVAC maintenance tasks safely and effectively can significantly contribute to system efficiency and longevity.

    4.1 Air Filter Management: Inspection, Cleaning, and Replacement

    Air filters are the first line of defense against airborne particulates and are crucial for both indoor air quality and system efficiency. Clogged filters reduce airflow, strain the system, and increase energy costs.

    • Frequency: Inspect monthly; change or clean every 1-3 months, or more frequently (every 45-90 days) if there are pets, allergies, or if the home is in a dusty environment.
    • Procedure for Washable Filters (Disposable filters should be replaced):
    1. Turn Off HVAC System: Crucial for safety and to prevent unfiltered air circulation.
    2. Locate and Remove Filter: Find the HVAC system’s service panel, typically between the ductwork and the furnace body, or at the bottom of the HVAC unit. Gently slide out the filter cartridge. Consult the owner’s manual if unsure.
    3. Initial Cleaning (Vacuum): Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment to gently remove loose dust, dirt, and debris from the filter surface.
    4. Deep Cleaning (Soak): For thorough cleaning, fill a sink or bucket with equal parts warm water and white vinegar. Submerge the filter completely and let it soak for at least one hour. Vinegar’s acetic acid helps break down deposits.
    5. Rinse Thoroughly: Rinse the filter with clean, warm water or a garden hose. Spray in the opposite direction of the airflow arrows on the filter to push out trapped dirt. Use a gentle setting on the hose; avoid high pressure, which can damage delicate fins.
    6. Air Dry Completely: Allow the filter to air-dry in sunlight for several hours before reinstallation. This reduces the likelihood of mold and mildew growth within the HVAC system. Drying time varies by filter type and size.
    7. Reinsert Filter: Once completely dry, carefully slide the filter back into its designated slot, ensuring it is oriented correctly according to the airflow arrows.
    • Tips: Sweep or vacuum pet hair regularly to reduce filter clogging. Consider using filters with a higher MERV rating if compatible with the system, as they are more effective at trapping particles. Leaving the circulating fan on can also help with continuous air filtration.

    4.2 Cleaning Outdoor Condenser Coils for Optimal Heat Exchange

    The outdoor condenser coil is responsible for releasing heat absorbed from the home into the outside air. When dirty, its ability to dissipate heat is severely impaired, leading to reduced efficiency and increased energy bills.

    • Frequency: Annually, or more often in dusty environments.
    • Procedure:
    1. Turn Off Power: Absolutely essential for safety. Switch off the unit at the thermostat and, for extra safety, turn off the corresponding breaker at the electrical panel.
    2. Remove Debris: Clear any visible leaves, grass clippings, dirt, or other debris from around the outdoor unit. Keep vegetation trimmed back at least two feet from the unit.
    3. Access Coils (if needed): For some units, it may be necessary to remove the protective grille or access panels to reach the coils. Consult the owner’s manual.
    4. Gentle Water Wash: Use a garden hose with an adjustable nozzle set to a wide, gentle pattern (like “Flat” or “Shower”). Do not use high-pressure settings or a power washer, as this can easily bend or damage the delicate fins.
    5. Washing Technique: Begin spraying at the bottom of the unit and slowly move upwards, spraying across the coil horizontally. This helps push dirt and debris out of the fins. Once the top is reached, rinse the area angling downwards. Repeat this process for all sides of the coil.
    6. Clean the Fins: If fins are bent, use a specialized fin comb (available at home improvement stores) to gently straighten them, ensuring proper airflow. Avoid using abrasive tools like wire brushes or steel wool.
    7. Reassemble and Restore Power: Once the coils are clean and dry, replace any removed panels and restore power to the system at the breaker and thermostat.

    4.3 Clearing Condensate Drain Lines: Preventing Water Damage

    The condensate drain line carries away moisture removed from the air during the cooling process. If it becomes clogged with algae, mold, or debris, water can back up, leading to leaks, water damage, and even system malfunction.

    • Frequency: Regularly, or when signs of clogging appear.
    • Procedure:
    1. Turn Off AC Unit: Crucial to prevent water flow and electrical shock.
    2. Locate the Drain Line: This is typically a PVC pipe coming out of the indoor unit, often near the condenser unit outside. It may have a cap or access port.
    3. Remove the Cap: Gently remove the cap from the drain line pipe.
    4. Inspect for Debris: Look for visible debris or clogs. Use a flashlight if needed.
    5. Unclogging Methods (Choose one or combine):
    • Drain Snake/Wire Brush: For solid blockages, insert a drain snake or wire brush to clear the debris.
    • Vinegar Solution: Pour one cup of distilled white vinegar into the drain line. Vinegar’s acetic acid helps break down algae and acts as a natural disinfectant against mold and bacteria. Let it sit for at least 30 minutes to an hour.
    • Bleach Solution: Alternatively, pour one cup of bleach down the drain line to kill mold and break down deposits. Let it sit for 1-2 hours. Caution: Do NOT mix bleach with vinegar or other chemicals, as this can create dangerous fumes.
    • Wet/Dry Vacuum: If the clog persists, use a wet/dry vacuum. Seal the vacuum hose to the end of the drain line pipe with duct tape to create a tight seal, then turn on the vacuum to suck out the clog.
    • Blowing Air: Use an air compressor or bicycle pump to blow air through the line. Place a rag over the end of the pipe to prevent splash-back.
    • Flushing with Water: After initial clearing, flush clean water through the line to ensure all debris is removed.
    1. Reconnect Cap: Once the line is clear, replace the cap securely to prevent future debris entry.
    2. Turn On AC: Restore power and check for proper drainage to confirm the clog is resolved.

    4.4 Thermostat Care and Calibration

    The thermostat is the HVAC system’s control center. Proper care ensures accurate temperature regulation and system responsiveness.

    • Procedure:
    • Check Settings: Regularly verify that thermostat settings are correct for comfort and energy-saving preferences.
    • Replace Batteries: Replace thermostat batteries annually, or immediately if the display fades or the unit malfunctions.
    • Calibration: If inconsistent room temperatures are observed or the thermostat readings do not match the actual room temperature, it may need calibration. Consult the owner’s manual for specific instructions or consider upgrading to a programmable or smart thermostat for better control and energy efficiency.

    4.5 General Unit Cleaning and Debris Removal

    Beyond specific component cleaning, general upkeep of HVAC units is important.

    • Outdoor Unit: Regularly clear any leaves, grass clippings, or other debris that accumulate around the outdoor condenser unit. Ensure that vegetation is trimmed back at least two feet from the unit to allow for proper airflow.
    • Indoor Vents/Registers: Periodically dust and clean the indoor vents and registers to ensure unimpeded airflow into living spaces. Ensure they are not blocked by furniture or drapes.

    This section details relatively simple, homeowner-level tasks like filter changes, coil cleaning, and drain line clearing. Crucially, neglecting these very tasks is directly linked to the most common HVAC problems: clogged filters leading to reduced airflow, system overheating, and increased energy bills; dirty coils causing ineffective cooling; and clogged drain lines resulting in water damage and system malfunction. This demonstrates that a consistent schedule of these minor, frequent, and accessible maintenance activities serves as an incredibly powerful preventative measure. It actively mitigates the gradual accumulation of dirt and strain that would otherwise escalate into major, costly repairs or premature system failure, thereby significantly extending the system’s operational life and maintaining its efficiency over time. The cumulative impact of these small actions is substantial.

    Section 5: Common HVAC Problems: Identification and Initial Troubleshooting

    Even with regular maintenance, HVAC systems can encounter issues. Recognizing the signs of trouble and knowing how to perform initial troubleshooting can save time and money, and help determine when professional help is indispensable.

    5.1 Recognizing the Signs of Trouble

    Being vigilant for specific symptoms can indicate an underlying HVAC problem:

    • HVAC Inefficiency/Higher Energy Bills: A sudden or consistent spike in electricity or gas bills without a corresponding increase in usage is a strong indicator of reduced system efficiency.
    • Reduced/Poor Airflow: Less air coming from vents than usual, or weak air pressure, points to an airflow obstruction.
    • Inconsistent/Uneven Room Temperatures: Some rooms are too hot while others are too cold, or the system struggles to maintain a set temperature.
    • Unusual Noises: Any sounds beyond normal operation are cause for concern. This includes banging, rattling (loose or broken parts), squealing (worn belts/bearings), hissing (refrigerant leak), or clicking (electrical issues).
    • Water Leaks/Puddles: Puddles around the indoor or outdoor unit often indicate a clogged condensate drain line.
    • Warm Air Blowing from Vents (during cooling): A clear sign of a cooling issue, potentially a refrigerant leak or dirty coils.
    • Frozen Evaporator Coil: Ice buildup on the indoor coil suggests restricted airflow or low refrigerant.
    • System Short-Cycling: The HVAC unit turns on and off frequently without completing a full cycle, indicating an issue with sizing, thermostat, or airflow.
    • Unpleasant Odors: Musty smells can indicate mold growth in the system or ductwork. Burning smells could signal electrical issues.

    5.2 Addressing Common Issues (Initial Troubleshooting)

    Before calling a professional, homeowners can perform basic checks:

    • Dirty or Clogged Air Filters: This is the most common culprit for poor airflow, high energy bills, and system strain. Inspect and replace or clean filters every 1-3 months.
    • Malfunctioning Thermostat: Check that the thermostat is set correctly (e.g., to “cool” or “heat,” not “off” or “fan only”). Replace batteries annually. If it is old, consider upgrading to a programmable or smart thermostat.
    • Blocked or Dirty Outdoor Unit: Ensure the outdoor condenser unit is clear of leaves, grass, and other debris. Trim back any vegetation at least two feet.
    • Water Leaks (Condensate Drain): If puddles are observed, follow the steps in Section 4.3 to clear the condensate drain line.
    • Poor Airflow: Beyond filters and outdoor unit blockages, check that all supply and return vents/registers are open and unobstructed by furniture or drapes.
    • Unusual Noises: Turn off the HVAC system immediately. Inspect for any visible obstructions or loose parts. Tighten any loose screws or panels. Squealing might indicate a worn belt or bearing, which needs professional attention if not easily accessible. Hissing often points to a refrigerant leak, requiring professional help.
    • Frequent Cycling: Verify thermostat settings, inspect air filters, and check for blocked vents.
    • Blown Fuses and Tripped Circuit Breakers: A clogged air filter can cause the system to draw too much power and trip a breaker. Replace the filter first. If the issue persists, it indicates a deeper electrical problem.

    5.3 Knowing When to Call a Certified Professional

    While DIY troubleshooting is valuable, many issues require the expertise, specialized tools, and safety protocols of a certified HVAC technician.

    • Refrigerant Leaks: Refrigerant is dangerous to handle, and leaks require professional repair and recharging. This is not a DIY task.
    • Electrical Problems: Loose connections, worn wiring, or frequently tripped breakers (after checking filters) pose fire and electrocution hazards. All electrical work should be performed by licensed professionals.
    • Cracked Heat Exchanger: A critical safety hazard in furnaces, as it can lead to carbon monoxide leaks. This requires immediate professional inspection and repair.
    • Gas Pressure/Connections: Improperly operating gas connections are a fire hazard and can cause health problems. Only a professional should inspect and adjust these.
    • Worn-Out Belts or Bearings: While initial inspection is a homeowner task, replacement of these internal components typically requires professional tools and expertise.
    • Persistent or Complex Issues: If initial troubleshooting does not resolve the problem, or if the same problem keeps recurring, it signals a deeper underlying issue that needs professional diagnosis.
    • Older Systems: As systems age (beyond 10-15 years), they are more prone to complex issues that are best handled by professionals.

    While basic DIY maintenance is encouraged, sources draw a clear line for professional intervention. They highlight that issues like refrigerant leaks are “dangerous to handle” , electrical problems carry “fire and electrocution” risks , and complex repairs can “void warranties” or lead to “further damage” due to “inadequate knowledge” and “lack of proper tools”. This implies that for certain critical components or complex malfunctions, the decision to call a professional is not merely about convenience but a safety imperative and a financial necessity. Attempting these repairs without expertise exposes occupants to severe hazards (gas leaks, carbon monoxide poisoning from a cracked heat exchanger ) and can result in significantly higher long-term costs due to exacerbated damage, voided warranties, and inefficient, temporary fixes. Thus, professional intervention for these specific issues is a critical safeguard for both human well-being and the financial investment in the HVAC system.

    Table 3: Common HVAC Problems, Symptoms, and Initial Troubleshooting Steps

    ProblemKey SymptomsInitial Homeowner TroubleshootingWhen to Call a Professional
    Dirty/Clogged Air FilterHigh energy bills, weak airflow, system overheatingInspect/replace filter (1-3 months)If issue persists after filter replacement
    Malfunctioning ThermostatInconsistent temperatures, erratic on/off, no operationCheck settings, replace batteries annuallyIf thermostat still malfunctions after battery replacement
    Poor AirflowWeak air from vents, uneven cooling/heatingCheck/replace filter, clear outdoor unit, check ventsIf airflow issues persist
    Unusual NoisesBanging, rattling, squealing, hissing, clickingTurn off unit, inspect for loose parts/obstructionsFor persistent noises, squealing (worn belt/bearing), hissing (refrigerant leak)
    Water Leak (Condensate Drain)Puddles around indoor/outdoor unitClear drain line with vinegar/wet/dry vacuumIf clog cannot be cleared, or water damage occurs
    Refrigerant LeakWarm air from vents (cooling), hissing, frozen coilVisual check for ice/oil stainsImmediately, refrigerant is dangerous to handle
    System Short-CyclingUnit turns on/off frequentlyVerify thermostat settings, check filters/ventsIf frequent cycling persists
    Blown Fuse/Tripped BreakerSystem completely off, no powerReplace filter, reset breakerIf breaker trips repeatedly after filter check
    Cracked Heat ExchangerCarbon monoxide smell, yellow flame, physical cracksNone (visual inspection is dangerous)Immediately (critical safety hazard)
    Gas Pressure/ConnectionsGas smell, improper burner operationNone (highly dangerous)Immediately (fire/health hazard)

    Section 6: DIY vs. Professional HVAC Maintenance: A Strategic Decision

    The decision to perform HVAC maintenance oneself or hire a professional involves weighing costs, risks, and benefits. A balanced approach often yields the best long-term results.

    6.1 Empowering Homeowners: What You Can Safely Do

    Homeowners can safely and effectively handle several routine maintenance tasks, contributing significantly to their system’s health and efficiency:

    • Basic Cleaning: Regularly clearing debris from around the outdoor unit and dusting indoor vents are simple yet impactful tasks.
    • Filter Management: Inspecting, cleaning (for washable filters), or replacing air filters is a primary homeowner responsibility that directly impacts air quality and system efficiency.
    • Thermostat Checks: Ensuring correct settings and replacing batteries are easy tasks that prevent common operational issues.
    • Condensate Drain Clearing: Simple methods like pouring vinegar or using a wet/dry vacuum can resolve many drain line clogs.
    • Benefits: Performing these tasks allows homeowners to work on their own schedule and save upfront costs on minor maintenance.

    6.2 The Indispensable Role of Professional Expertise

    While DIY efforts are valuable, attempting complex HVAC repairs or neglecting professional tune-ups carries significant risks and can be more costly in the long run.

    • Risks of DIY (beyond basic tasks):
    • Safety Hazards: Working with electrical components, refrigerants, or gas lines without proper training and tools can lead to electrical failures, fires, electrocution, or gas leaks.
    • Further Damage: Inadequate knowledge or incorrect techniques can cause more significant damage to the system, turning a minor issue into a major, expensive repair.
    • Voiding Warranty: Most HVAC warranties require annual professional servicing. DIY repairs, especially complex ones, can void these warranties, leaving the homeowner without coverage for future defects.
    • Lack of Proper Tools and Knowledge: Professionals possess specialized tools (e.g., manifold gauges, psychrometers ) and extensive experience to accurately diagnose and fix problems that are not readily apparent to a homeowner.
    • Inefficient Operation: Even if a DIY fix seems to work, it might not address the root cause, leading to inefficient operation, higher energy bills, and premature breakdowns.
    • Legal and Compliance Issues: Certain repairs, especially those involving refrigerants or gas, are regulated and must be performed by licensed professionals to comply with codes and regulations.
    • Benefits of Hiring Professionals:
    • Expertise and Experience: Professionals bring years of training and hands-on experience, ensuring accurate diagnosis and efficient repairs.
    • Proper Tools and Equipment: They have the specialized tools required for comprehensive checks and repairs.
    • Cost-Effectiveness (Long-Term): While there is an upfront cost, professional service is generally cheaper in the long run. They can identify and fix small issues before they escalate, optimize efficiency to reduce energy bills, and extend the system’s lifespan.
    • Warranty Protection: Professional service ensures warranty compliance.
    • Safety Assurance: Professionals are trained to manage hazards safely, minimizing risks of injury or property damage.

    6.3 The Advantages of HVAC Maintenance Plans

    Many HVAC service providers offer maintenance plans, which are often a wise investment.

    • Preventative Care: These plans typically include one or two yearly tune-ups, ensuring the system receives regular, preventative care.
    • Priority Service: Plan members often receive priority service in case of emergencies, which is invaluable during peak seasons.
    • Discounts: Maintenance agreements frequently offer discounts on repairs and parts, further reducing long-term costs.
    • Peace of Mind: Knowing the system is regularly inspected and maintained by experts provides peace of mind and helps avoid unexpected breakdowns.

    While the immediate appeal of DIY maintenance is cost savings , the evidence strongly indicates that, over the long run, it is generally more economical to hire a professional. This assertion is supported by several critical points: DIY attempts risk lost efficiency and premature breakdowns , costly repairs or replacements down the line , and voiding the warranty. Conversely, professionals can accurately diagnose and fix problems quickly , ensure that the problem is thoroughly addressed the first time , and extend the lifespan of the system. The reduced energy bills and fewer and reduced repair costs resulting from professional tune-ups further solidify the financial benefit. Therefore, the economic rationale for professional maintenance transcends immediate expenditure; it is a strategic investment that optimizes long-term operational efficiency, preserves asset value, ensures warranty coverage, and ultimately leads to substantial cumulative savings by preventing more expensive, cascading failures.

    Section 7: HVAC Maintenance in Challenging Climates (Hot, Arid, Dusty)

    Certain environmental conditions, such as hot, arid, and dusty climates (e.g., Lahore, Kingman, AZ, Mohave Valley, AZ ), impose unique stresses on HVAC systems, necessitating adapted maintenance strategies.

    7.1 Adapting Filter Maintenance for High Dust Environments

    • Challenge: Dust buildup is a pervasive and significant problem in hot, arid, and dusty regions. This excessive dust quickly clogs air filters, leading to severely restricted airflow, reduced system efficiency, increased energy consumption, and degraded indoor air quality. Clogged filters also force the system to work harder, accelerating wear and tear.
    • Solution: In these environments, the standard 90-day filter replacement recommendation is often insufficient. Homeowners should inspect filters monthly and change them every 45-90 days, or even more frequently (e.g., monthly), especially if there are pets or occupants with allergies. Using filters with a higher MERV rating, if compatible with the system, can also improve particle capture.

    7.2 Enhanced Coil Cleaning and Outdoor Unit Care

    • Challenge: The dry, dusty air in these climates means dust and debris accumulate rapidly on outdoor condenser coils, significantly reducing their ability to release heat. This directly impairs cooling efficiency and increases energy consumption.
    • Solution: More frequent and thorough cleaning of condenser coils is essential. Beyond regular hose washing, professional cleaning might be needed more often to remove stubborn mineral deposits or deeply embedded dirt. Ensuring the outdoor unit is kept clear of vegetation and debris at all times is also critical for maintaining proper airflow.

    7.3 Addressing Humidity and Dry Air

    • Challenge: While air conditioners inherently dehumidify, extremely arid climates can lead to excessively dry indoor air, which can cause discomfort and health issues. Conversely, in some humid periods or during cooling cycles, managing humidity remains important.
    • Solution: Some HVAC systems include humidifiers to add moisture during dry periods or dehumidifiers to remove excess moisture. Proper sealing of leaks around doors, windows, and ductwork is crucial to prevent cool air from escaping and warm, dusty air from entering, which in turn helps the HVAC system run more effectively and manage humidity levels.

    7.4 Professional Oversight and System Selection

    • Challenge: The unique stresses of hot, arid, and dusty conditions can accelerate wear and tear on HVAC components, leading to more frequent issues if not properly managed.
    • Solution: Professional annual or bi-annual tune-ups become even more critical in these climates to ensure the system runs efficiently and to catch small problems before they escalate. Technicians can specifically check parts like filters, ductwork, and wires to ensure everything functions optimally under these unique conditions. Considering an upgrade to a high-efficiency air conditioner or other energy-saving systems like ground source heat pumps or dual-stage/variable-speed units can significantly reduce energy costs in climates where AC runs consistently.

    Conclusion and Recommendations

    Maintaining HVAC and air conditioning systems is paramount for ensuring indoor comfort, air quality, safety, and long-term cost savings. These complex systems, whether residential or commercial, rely on intricate thermodynamic principles and interconnected components to provide thermal regulation and air purification. The integrity of each component, from the refrigerant to the air filters, directly impacts the system’s overall performance and efficiency.

    The analysis underscores that proactive maintenance is not merely a reactive measure but a strategic investment. Neglecting routine care leads to a compounding negative effect, where initial issues like clogged filters escalate into reduced energy efficiency, poor indoor air quality, increased risk of equipment failure, and significant safety hazards. Conversely, consistent maintenance extends system lifespan, reduces energy consumption by up to 30%, enhances indoor air quality, and ensures compliance with manufacturer warranties, safeguarding the substantial investment in the system.

    A balanced approach combining diligent homeowner tasks with professional expertise is essential for optimal outcomes. Homeowners can effectively manage frequent, basic tasks such as monthly filter checks and cleaning, clearing debris from outdoor units, and basic thermostat care. These seemingly simple actions are powerful preventative measures, mitigating common problems and extending the system’s operational life. However, for complex issues involving refrigerants, electrical connections, gas lines, or internal component diagnostics, professional intervention is not just recommended but is a safety imperative and a financial necessity. Attempting these repairs without specialized tools and knowledge can lead to severe safety risks, further damage, voided warranties, and ultimately, higher long-term costs.

    For challenging climates characterized by heat, aridity, and dust, maintenance strategies must be adapted. This includes more frequent air filter changes (e.g., every 45-90 days), enhanced cleaning of condenser coils, and careful management of indoor humidity levels. Professional oversight becomes even more critical in these environments to address accelerated wear and tear and ensure system resilience.

    Recommendations:

    1. Adopt a Hybrid Maintenance Model: Homeowners should commit to regular, simple DIY tasks (e.g., monthly filter checks, outdoor unit clearing) while scheduling professional tune-ups twice annually (spring for cooling, fall for heating).
    2. Prioritize Air Filter Management: Given its fundamental impact on efficiency and air quality, ensure air filters are regularly inspected and replaced or cleaned according to the environment’s dust levels and household factors (e.g., pets, allergies).
    3. Invest in Professional Service Plans: Consider enrolling in an HVAC maintenance plan offered by certified contractors. These plans provide preventative care, priority service, and discounts, offering long-term cost savings and peace of mind.
    4. Be Vigilant for Warning Signs: Homeowners should be attentive to changes in system performance, such as increased energy bills, unusual noises, reduced airflow, or inconsistent temperatures, and promptly address them with appropriate DIY troubleshooting or professional assistance.
    5. Understand When to Call a Professional: Recognize that certain issues (e.g., refrigerant leaks, electrical problems, gas leaks, cracked heat exchangers) pose severe safety risks and require immediate, specialized professional intervention to prevent injury, property damage, and costly long-term repairs.
    6. Adapt to Climate Challenges: In hot, arid, and dusty regions, increase the frequency of filter changes and coil cleaning. Consider high-efficiency systems and ensure proper sealing of the building envelope to optimize performance.

    By adhering to these guidelines, individuals can ensure their HVAC systems operate at peak efficiency, provide consistent indoor comfort, maintain healthy air quality, and deliver reliable service for many years, truly making maintenance a valuable investment.

    Works cited

    1. Principles of Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning – ASHRAE, https://www.ashrae.org/technical-resources/bookstore/principles-of-heating-ventilating-and-air-conditioning 2. Fundamentals of HVAC Systems – ASHRAE, https://www.ashrae.org/professional-development/self-directed-learning-group-learning-texts/fundamentals-of-hvac-systems 3. Top 8 Benefits of Regular HVAC Maintenance – Trust Heating & Air, https://trustheatingandair.com/top-8-benefits-of-regular-hvac-maintenance/ 4. The Importance of Regular HVAC Maintenance – ISS Mechanical, https://www.issmechanical.com/importance-of-maintenance/ 5. HVAC System Diagram: Parts, Components (The Best Guide) | Clover Contracting, https://cloverco.com/hvac-system-diagram/ 6. Understanding HVAC Systems Basics, Work & Types, https://www.tejjy.com/hvac-system-work/ 7. What Are the Main Components of an HVAC System? – North End Electric, https://northendelectric.com/2024/01/11/what-are-the-main-components-of-an-hvac-system/ 8. HVAC Diagrams: An Overview of Your HVAC System Components, https://candcheat.com/hvac-diagrams-an-overview-of-your-hvac-system-components/ 9. Most Common HVAC Problems & How to Fix – Jacobs Heating & Air Conditioning, https://jacobsheating.com/blog/common-hvac-problems-how-to-fix/ 10. Common HVAC Problems and How to Prevent Them, https://www.hvac.com/expert-advice/common-hvac-problems/ 11. How Do Air Conditioners Work? | Air Conditioning System | AC, https://www.carrier.com/residential/en/us/products/air-conditioners/how-do-air-conditioners-work/ 12. Commercial HVAC Systems: Main HVAC Components – Chills Air Conditioning, https://chillsairconditioning.com/blog/commercial-hvac-systems-main-components/ 13. How Does an HVAC System Work? [Diagram] – The Severn Group, https://www.theseverngroup.com/hvac-system/ 14. The Main Components of a Commercial HVAC System | Compressors Unlimited, https://www.compressorsunlimited.com/the-main-components-of-a-commercial-hvac-system/ 15. A Complete Guide to HVAC Drawings and Blueprints – SkillCat, https://www.skillcatapp.com/post/a-complete-guide-to-hvac-drawings-and-blueprints 16. Must-Have HVAC Tools: A List for Beginners – Joist, https://www.joist.com/blog/hvac-tools-list/ 17. HVAC Tools List: 30+ Essential Tools for HVAC Work (With Prices) – Jobber, https://www.getjobber.com/academy/hvac/top-hvac-tools/ 18. Quick Guide to HVAC Safety and Health – FieldEdge, https://fieldedge.com/blog/hvac-safety/ 19. 9 HVAC Safety Hazards Every Tech Should Be Aware Of – ServiceTitan, https://www.servicetitan.com/blog/guide-to-hvac-safety 20. Air conditioning – Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Air_conditioning 21. Maintenance Checklist | ENERGY STAR, https://www.energystar.gov/saveathome/heating-cooling/maintenance-checklist 22. 5 AC Tips for Desert Living – Edge Heating & Air, https://edgeair.com/air-conditioning/5-ac-tips-for-desert-living/ 23. Dusty Home? Your HVAC System May Be to Blame, https://www.galmicheandsons.com/hvac-blog/dusty-home-hvac-system-to-blame/ 24. How Often Should HVAC Systems Be Serviced?, https://stradaservices.com/about-us/blog/how-often-should-hvac-be-serviced/ 25. DIY Risks vs. Professional HVAC Repair Services, https://alsupheatingandcooling.com/diy-risks-vs-professional-hvac-repair-services/ 26. Complete Guide to HVAC Preventive Maintenance – i4T Global, https://i4tglobal.com/hvac-preventive-maintenance/ 27. How Often to Do Home Maintenance Tasks: HVAC, Cleaning, etc. – Neighborly, https://www.neighborly.com/expert-tips/how-often-to-do-home-maintenance-tasks 28. actionac.net, https://actionac.net/blog/what-causes-ac-blowing-dust-filter-how-stop/#:~:text=Your%20filters%20are%20clogged%3A%20you,replace%20the%20filters%20more%20frequently. 29. Should I DIY My HVAC Maintenance Or Hire A Contractor?, https://www.shanklinheatingandcooling.com/blog/diy-hvac-maintenance-versus-contractor-maintenance-plans/ 30. Your Guide on How to Clean an HVAC Filter – Filti, https://filti.com/how-to-clean-an-hvac-filter/ 31. How to Clean an Air Conditioner Filter – The Home Depot, https://www.homedepot.com/c/ah/how-to-clean-an-air-conditioner-filter/9ba683603be9fa5395fab908fabc607 32. Different Ways to Unclog Drain Lines in Your AC – Southland Heating and Air, https://southlandac.com/different-ways-to-unclog-drain-lines-in-your-ac 33. Is my ac unit the cause of so much dust? : r/hvacadvice – Reddit, https://www.reddit.com/r/hvacadvice/comments/19bd1zr/is_my_ac_unit_the_cause_of_so_much_dust/ 34. Surviving Desert Heat: HVAC Tips For Mohave Valley, https://onehourairmohavecounty.com/hvac-tips/ 35. How To Clean AC Coils – Bryant, https://www.bryant.com/en/us/products/air-conditioners/how-to-clean-ac-coils/ 36. How to Clean Your A/C Condenser Coils – Eyman Plumbing Heating & Air, https://trusteyman.com/resources/how-to-clean-your-a-c-condenser-coils-correctly/ 37. How to Unclog Your AC Drain Lines in 9 Steps – HB McClure, https://hbmcclure.com/hbhome/blog/how-to-unclog-your-ac-drain-lines-in-9-steps/ 38. Avoiding Common Winter HVAC Issues in Desert Climates – One Hour Air Conditioning & Heating Kingman, https://onehourairmohavecounty.com/avoiding-common-winter-hvac-issues/ 39. Environment and SOcial management Framewor – PRMP – Punjab, https://prmp.punjab.gov.pk/system/files/final_esmf_pteg_revised_27_dec.pdf

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Mullahs Ruined Progressive Iran by Rohan Khanna India

    Mullahs Ruined Progressive Iran by Rohan Khanna India

    The discussion critically examines the current geopolitical landscape, particularly the ongoing conflict between Iran and Israel and its broader implications. The dialogue touches upon the historical context of Israel’s creation and its comparison to the formation of Pakistan, both established on religious grounds. It also explores the impact of clerical rule in Iran, contrasting the perceived prosperity under the Shah with the current regime’s restrictions and the resulting public discontent. Furthermore, the conversation questions the narrative surrounding the Israel-Arab conflict, suggesting it is more of a racial issue than a religious one, while also expressing disdain for Western influence and the perceived hypocrisy in international relations.

    Iran-Israel War: Nuclear Fears, History, and Regional Politics

    The ongoing situation in the Middle East includes a full-fledged war between Iran and Israel, which is described as a “great catastrophe”.

    Here’s a breakdown of the conflict and related perspectives:

    • Nuclear Concerns
    • Benjamin Netanyahu has expressed concern that if Iran possessed nuclear capability and its missiles were equipped with nuclear weapons, the consequences for the world would be unimaginable.
    • There is a broader debate about whether nuclear weapons are the right of every country or should remain the monopoly of major powers.
    • The concept of using atomic energy for the benefit of mankind, such as utilizing the heat generated from fission, was the basis for Dr. Abdul Salam’s Nobel Prize. It’s noted that an atom bomb’s explosion requires a specific mechanism, such as two missiles hitting the atom.
    • Historical Context and US Role
    • During a past Arab-Israel war, Iran and Saudi Arabia notably stopped the supply of petrol to Israel.
    • This action by the Shah of Iran was viewed as a “betrayal” by the United States.
    • According to memories attributed to the US ambassador in Tehran, the ambassador himself was involved in actions against the Shah, who was reportedly punished for halting petrol supply to Israel.
    • The sources claim that Israel was created by Britain and America. The creation of Pakistan, a state formed in the name of religion by Britain and America, is mentioned as a historical justification to counter arguments against Israel being a state based on religion. It’s suggested that if Pakistan, created under the British Act of Parliament, is accepted, then Israel should also be accepted.
    • Nature of the Conflict and Perceptions of Israel
    • The issue between Israel and Arabs is characterized by one speaker as not an issue of Islam, but primarily a racial issue of the Arabs.
    • Despite this, there is strong hatred towards Israel among some people. The Quran is cited as stating that “O Muslims, those who are Judos can never be your friends”.
    • Israel is described by some media as a “naughty child” that troubles everyone. Israel is also accused of committing atrocities and killing many people in Gaza.
    • Iran’s Internal Situation and the Cleric Rule
    • The current conflict is seen by some as part of a larger plan for a “Greater Israel,” which is considered practically impossible.
    • The sources heavily criticize the current cleric rule in Iran, stating that “Mullahs ruined progressive Iran”.
    • It is suggested that if the cleric rule ends, the entire Iranian nation would rejoice. People reportedly touch their ears in dismay when thinking about what the Maulvis (clerics) have done.
    • The Shah of Iran’s era is remembered fondly as the “Paris of Asia,” characterized by low costs and significant development like the construction of flyovers. Iranians are described as longing for that time, with people even keeping old currency notes bearing the Shah’s picture.
    • The current clerics are accused of having “broken all the records” of oppression, even surpassing the Savak (secret police under the Shah), and of killing people over minor incidents, such as a girl’s headscarf coming off.
    • The younger generation in Iran reportedly questions why older generations did not protest the clerics when they took power.
    • Pakistan’s Stance
    • Pakistan currently does not accept Israel, despite having no shared borders or direct connections.
    • It is suggested that Pakistan is waiting for the Saudi government to accept Israel before it does.
    • Concerns exist that acceptance of Israel could lead to significant public unrest or “ruckus” within Pakistan.
    • Path to Peace
    • Some countries have announced the importance of maintaining peace.
    • The welfare of the people is seen as achievable through compromise.

    US Foreign Policy and Middle East Geopolitics

    Based on the sources, US foreign policy is depicted as highly influential, strategic, and at times, interventionist, particularly concerning the Middle East.

    Here’s a breakdown of key aspects:

    • Role in State Creation and Justification:
    • The US, along with Britain, is stated to have created Israel. This creation was reportedly a point of contention, as it was a “state in the name of religion”.
    • To counter this criticism, the US (and Britain) are said to have created Pakistan as another state “in the name of religion”. This was part of a strategic justification, where Roosevelt allegedly wrote to Churchill during World War II, stating that for US help, Britain needed to conquer India and create two “military states”. Pakistan was thus formed under the British Act of Parliament, serving to justify Israel’s existence as a religiously-based state by demonstrating the creation of a Muslim state as well.
    • Punitive Measures and Non-Forgiveness of “Betrayal”:
    • US foreign policy does not “forgive” what it perceives as “betrayals”.
    • A significant example given is Henry Kissinger’s alleged threats to Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, Shah of Iran, and Faisal. These threats were reportedly a direct consequence of Iran and Saudi Arabia stopping petrol supplies to Israel during a past Arab-Israel war. The source claims that Kissinger “blew away all three of them”.
    • Specifically concerning Iran, the US ambassador in Tehran is alleged to have been directly involved in actions against the Shah, whom the US “punished” for halting petrol supply to Israel. This punishment is described metaphorically as the “landlord” sending a “henchman” to “beat him with shoes”.
    • Intervention and Strategic Manipulation:
    • The sources suggest a US strategy of “using the governments of all the Muslim countries” and “the clerics” for its own objectives, citing Afghanistan as an example.
    • Regarding Iran, it is controversially suggested that the rise of the clerics (Mullahs) who replaced the Shah was “part of the plan” orchestrated by the US, potentially alongside Russia and Britain, despite the subsequent anti-American sentiment. The US ambassador in Tehran is implicated in actions against the Shah, reportedly supporting those against him and punishing him.
    • The conflict between Iran and Israel is seen by some as part of a larger, though “not practically possible,” plan for a “Greater Israel”.
    • Influence and Future Considerations:
    • The US exerts significant influence, as evidenced by the importance placed on a “call from the byte house” (White House) for leaders like Pakistan’s Prime Minister.
    • In the context of the Israeli-Palestinian issue, the sources mention that America has “so much money” to potentially resettle Palestinians in other Muslim countries like Jordan and Egypt.
    • It is also cryptically stated that “America will set up a super college in the future”, hinting at a continued, significant US presence or strategic involvement in the region.
    • In the current Iran-Israel war, the “status of America is in front of you on the surface,” with suggestions that “their nuclear potential has been destroyed”, implying US involvement or impact on Iran’s nuclear capabilities.

    The Double Standard of Religious States: Israel and Pakistan

    The sources discuss “religious states” primarily in the context of the creation of both Israel and Pakistan by Britain and America, and the subsequent implications and perceptions surrounding them.

    Here’s a breakdown of the concept of religious states as presented in the sources:

    • Creation of Religious States by the US and Britain:
    • Israel was explicitly created by Britain and America as a “state in the name of religion”. This creation initially faced questions because of its religious basis.
    • To counteract the criticism of Israel being a state formed on religious grounds, Pakistan was also created by Britain and America “in the name of religion”. The stated rationale was that during World War II, Roosevelt told Churchill that for US help, Britain needed to conquer India and create two “military states.” Pakistan was thus formed under the British Act of Parliament to serve as a justification, demonstrating that “not just Israel, we have created Pakistan also in the name of religion, both the states in the name of religion”.
    • Arguments and Perceptions Regarding Religious States:
    • A key argument presented is that if Pakistan, a state created under the British Act of Parliament by Britain and America, is accepted, then Israel should also be accepted. The sources question why Pakistan fights with Israel, given there are “neither borders nor any connection” between them, yet Pakistan accepts its own creation by Britain.
    • Pakistan is described as a country that “run[s] our country in the name of religion” and “defend[s] our country which was formed in the name of religion”.
    • The “two nationalist view” in Pakistan, often associated with its religious foundation, is questioned in the context of historical atrocities, specifically the killing of “38 lakh people” by “Islamic taba, Al Bad and Shams” (referring to events during the Bangladesh Liberation War). The speaker ponders what kind of “nationalist view” allows for such killings.
    • Political and Diplomatic Stance on Religious States:
    • Pakistan currently does not accept Israel, despite having no direct shared borders or connections. It is suggested that Pakistan is “waiting for the Saudi government to accept” Israel before it does.
    • There are concerns that if Pakistan were to accept Israel, it could lead to significant “public unrest” or “ruckus” within the country.
    • Religious Sentiment and Conflict:
    • Despite the issue between Israel and Arabs being characterized by one speaker as “not an issue of Islam, it is a racial issue of the Arabs,” there is “a lot of hatred” towards Israel among some people.
    • The Quran is cited as stating: “O Muslims, those who are Judos can never be your friends”. This suggests a religious basis for animosity in some interpretations.

    In summary, the sources portray religious states as entities whose creation by Western powers was intertwined with strategic justifications and which continue to generate complex political, identity, and conflict dynamics.

    Pakistan: Created, Questioned, and Contradictory Legitimacy

    Pakistan’s legitimacy is discussed in the sources primarily through the lens of its creation by Britain and America as a “religious state” and its subsequent acceptance (or non-acceptance of others) on the global stage.

    Here’s a breakdown of how Pakistan’s legitimacy is portrayed:

    • Creation as a “Religious State” and Strategic Justification:
    • Pakistan was created by Britain and America “in the name of religion”.
    • This was part of a larger strategic move during World War II, where Roosevelt allegedly told Churchill that for US help, Britain needed to “conquer India and create two states here for us, making them military states”.
    • The creation of Pakistan served as a justification for Israel’s existence, which was also a “state in the name of religion.” The argument presented was: “sir, not just Israel, we have created Pakistan also in the name of religion, both the states in the name of religion”.
    • Pakistan was formed under the “British Act of Parliament”. The sources explicitly state there was “no connection of any Jana Saheb Gandhi or Nehru in this nor is there any name of any actual parliament” in its creation, implying it was a colonial construct.
    • Internal Critique and the “Two Nationalist View”:
    • The sources mention that Pakistan “run[s] our country in the name of religion” and “defend[s] our country which was formed in the name of religion”.
    • However, the “two nationalist view” in Pakistan is sharply questioned in the context of historical atrocities. The speaker asks, “which two nationalist view is this sir, under which you killed 38 lakh people,” referring to killings by “Islamic taba, Al Bad and Shams” (groups mentioned in relation to the Bangladesh Liberation War). This implies a critique of the moral legitimacy of the state’s foundation when such violence occurred under its purported religious/nationalist ideology.
    • International Acceptance and Hypocrisy:
    • A central argument posed by the sources is that “if you accept Pakistan created by Britain and America, then accept Israel”. This highlights what is perceived as a hypocrisy in Pakistan’s foreign policy, as it does not accept Israel despite both states being created “in the name of religion” by the same powers.
    • The sources question Pakistan’s conflict with Israel, stating, “what is your fight with Israel, neither do you share borders nor do you have any connection, you do not accept Israel for no reason”.
    • Pakistan is currently waiting for the Saudi government to accept Israel before it does. There are concerns that accepting Israel could lead to “significant public unrest” or “ruckus” within Pakistan.
    • The importance of international recognition and influence is also hinted at, with references to Pakistani leadership longing for a “call from the byte house” (White House).

    In summary, the sources portray Pakistan as a state whose legitimacy is tied to its unconventional, religion-based creation by external powers (Britain and America). While it is accepted as a state, its moral and political consistency are questioned due to historical events and its stance on Israel, especially given the shared, religiously-motivated origins of both nations.

    The Clerics’ Grip: Iran’s Ruin and Foreign Influence

    The influence of Mullahs (clerics) is presented in the sources primarily through their significant role in Iran, their alleged manipulation by external powers, and the profound impact they have had on Iranian society.

    Here’s a discussion of their influence:

    • Role in Iran’s Political Shift and Alleged External Orchestration:
    • The sources suggest that the rise of the clerics (Mullahs) who replaced the Shah in Iran was “part of the plan” orchestrated by America, Russia, and Britain. This implies that their ascendance to power was not merely an internal uprising but potentially a strategically engineered outcome by major global powers.
    • It is alleged that the US ambassador in Tehran was directly involved, supporting those against the Shah and effectively “punish[ing]” the Shah for halting petrol supplies to Israel. This suggests that the Mullahs’ rise was facilitated, if not directly engineered, by American foreign policy objectives.
    • Negative Impact on Iran and Suppression of Freedoms:
    • The clerics are accused of having “ruined progressive Iran”.
    • Under their rule, “all the records” of suppression have been broken, surpassing even the Savak (the Shah’s intelligence agency). It is stated that “if a person speaks even a little, he is blown away,” and a “tabaaya has spread in Iran”.
    • The sources suggest that the clerics have caused immense “destruction” in Iran, specifically mentioning the decline of the Iranian currency which was once among the highest in the world. This stands in stark contrast to Iran during the Shah’s time, which was described as the “Paris of Asia” and a place of prosperity.
    • The Mullahs are blamed for the killing of people over minor issues, such as a girl’s head covering coming off, leading to widespread destruction and deaths.
    • Public Perception and Desire for Their Removal:
    • There is a strong sentiment expressed that the “entire Iranian nation will come out in joy” if the rule of these clerics were to end. People are said to “touch their ears to hear what these Maulvis have done there”.
    • Younger generations in Iran reportedly question older people why they did not resist the clerics when they rose to power, given the current suffering and abuses.
    • The speaker expresses a personal wish to witness “the funeral procession of these clerics to come out and end there,” believing that “Iranians are crazy” with joy at the prospect.
    • Strategic Utility by External Powers:
    • Beyond Iran, America is stated to have “used the governments of all the Muslim countries, [and] used the clerics” for its own objectives, citing Afghanistan as an example. This indicates that the influence of clerics is not confined to internal governance but is also a tool that global powers leverage for strategic purposes in the broader Muslim world.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Political Leadership: Unpredictable Figures and Global Strife by Rohan Khanna India

    Political Leadership: Unpredictable Figures and Global Strife by Rohan Khanna India

    Critical examination of various global political figures, comparing them to the “three idiots” from a popular Indian film to highlight their perceived foolishness or unpredictability. It discusses former and current leaders, including an American president, as well as leaders from Libya, Iraq, and Pakistan, labeling some as dictatorial or self-serving. Also criticizes specific actions and policies of leaders from Israel and India, particularly their handling of conflicts and the resulting civilian casualties. Expresses disappointment in leaders who prioritize personal gain or showmanship over the well-being of their nations and people.

    The Erratic Reign: Unpredictable Leaders and Global Repercussions

    Unpredictable leadership is a prominent theme in the sources, primarily exemplified by the actions and characteristics attributed to a former American President, often referred to with terms like “unpredictable” and “too wise”.

    Key aspects and examples of unpredictable leadership, as described in the sources, include:

    • Characteristics of the Leader
    • The American President, particularly during his first term, was described as exhibiting characteristics that led to him being labeled “unpredictable”. He is portrayed as having “crossed all limits of being too wise”.
    • This leader’s actions and words are depicted as highly erratic, with the sources noting that “No one knows what Masoof will say where. Call it a double-edged sword or a dagger. Nobody knows where it will turn”.
    • He is described as having “no discrimination or identification of friend or foe” for people of his “caste”.
    • The sources state he “can kill anyone, whenever and wherever he wants”.
    • His dressing style was even “objected to by the rich and wise”.
    • The source explicitly calls “Sir Frist coming from America” a “clown” among current Jamhuris.
    • Impact on Relationships and Diplomacy
    • The unpredictability extended to interactions with allies, as seen when an “Indian soldier was hugging him while shouting slogans of Jai-Jai, saying friend-friend, when suddenly it fell on his neck”. This left the soldier unable to determine if the leader was a “hero or a villain”.
    • This behavior led to a perception of “Cruelty to your own people and kindness to strangers,” making it difficult to maintain “some illusion of friendship”.
    • Even “European followers” were seen as having “no status in front of this American parrot-like personality”.
    • The sources mention instances like the leader’s actions regarding the “Ukraine incident,” which turned into a “Jarbul muscle” in front of the media.
    • Despite flattery towards “big Chaudhry Putin,” when the Russian dictator did not yield, the American leader reportedly tried to “make amends for his previous misdeed” by meeting in the Vatican away from media eyes. However, he “still did not desist from his real activities”.
    • The leader is also noted for calling the President of Africa to the White House and “washed his black skin,” leading the African leader to lament not having billions to save his honor with a gift.
    • Consequences and Perceptions
    • The leader was “thrown out of the White House in such a humiliating manner”.
    • The source suggests that if this leader “had come to power in Russia, China or any third world country, he would have proved to be the worst dictator”.
    • This type of leadership contributes to unresolved international issues, as seen with the unresolved “issue of Russia and Ukraine” and the continued “blood of Gaza”.
    • Other Examples of Leaders with Questionable or Unpredictable Outcomes
    • The sources also refer to “three dreaded characters dominating the Muslim world” from Libya, Iraq, and Pakistan, who tried to declare themselves “revolutionaries.” The outcome for all three was predicted to be “terrible and horrific,” with an unlikelihood of a “natural death without achieving martyrdom”. This implies a dangerous and unpredictable trajectory for their leadership.
    • Prime Minister Modi and Prime Minister Benjamin Netaji (Netanyahu) are mentioned, with concerns that their actions are “bent upon humiliation or world-renunciation” for their countries. The source questions how leaders “whose own hands are stained with blood” can “flaunt his supremacy to the world”.
    • Specifically, Netan Yau’s actions after the 7 October incident are criticized for killing “ordinary citizens instead of terrorists,” which made it impossible for “even a Jew” to defend, and made it difficult for the world to stand with Israel.
    • Similarly, India’s “Operation Sindoor” is criticized for killing “innocent people instead of terrorists,” which made it difficult for the world to stand with India despite initial sympathy for the 22 April incident. The source suggests that if India had not retaliated in this way, it would have achieved “much global prominence”. These examples suggest that retaliatory actions, even if perceived as unpredictable or disproportionate, can negatively impact global standing and support.

    Unpredictable Leaders and Global Consequences

    Global politics, as depicted in the sources, is significantly shaped by the actions and characteristics of individual leaders, particularly those exhibiting unpredictable or controversial behavior, and the subsequent impact on international relations, alliances, and global standing.

    Key aspects of global politics discussed include:

    • The Impact of Unpredictable Leadership: The American President
    • The former American President, often referred to as “Sir Frist coming from America,” is described as having “crossed all limits of being too wise” and being so unpredictable that “No one knows what Masoof will say where”. His actions are likened to a “double-edged sword or a dagger” with unknown turns.
    • This unpredictability extended to his relationships, as he showed “no discrimination or identification of friend or foe” for people of his “caste”.
    • Allies and Partners: An “Indian soldier was hugging him while shouting slogans of Jai-Jai, saying friend-friend, when suddenly it fell on his neck,” leaving the soldier unable to determine if he was a “hero or a villain”. The sources note “Cruelty to your own people and kindness to strangers,” which made it difficult to maintain “some illusion of friendship”. Even “European followers” were seen as having “no status in front of this American parrot-like personality”. The leader also “honoured his close neighbour and friend, the young Canadian PM Justin Trudeau” even before taking office.
    • Adversaries and Rivals: Regarding the “Ukraine incident,” his actions were described as “that dog thing in front of the media which turned into a Jarbul muscle”. Despite “flattery of this big Chaudhry Putin,” when the Russian dictator did not yield, the American leader reportedly tried to “make amends for his previous misdeed” by meeting in the Vatican away from media eyes, though he “still did not desist from his real activities”.
    • Treatment of Other Nations: He famously “called the President of Africa to the White House and washed his black skin,” leading the African leader to lament not having billions to save his honor with a gift.
    • Consequences: The leader was “thrown out of the White House in such a humiliating manner”. The sources suggest that if he “had come to power in Russia, China or any third world country, he would have proved to be the worst dictator”.
    • Leaders with Destructive Trajectories in Global Politics
    • The sources mention “three dreaded characters dominating the Muslim world” from Libya, Iraq, and Pakistan, who tried to declare themselves “revolutionaries”. The outcome for all three was predicted to be “terrible and horrific,” with an unlikelihood of a “natural death without achieving martyrdom,” implying a dangerous and unpredictable trajectory for their leadership and regional stability.
    • Prime Minister Modi of India and Prime Minister Benjamin Netaji (Netanyahu) of Israel are also discussed regarding their impact on global standing.
    • Netanyahu’s Actions: After the 7 October incident, Netan Yau’s actions are criticized for killing “ordinary citizens instead of terrorists”. This made it impossible for “even a Jew” to defend his actions, and made it difficult for the world to stand with Israel despite the initial sympathy for the “deadly terror” experienced.
    • Modi’s Actions: Similarly, India’s “Operation Sindoor” is criticized for killing “innocent people instead of terrorists” after the 22 April incident. The sources suggest that despite initial global sympathy, this retaliation made it difficult for the world to stand with India. It is proposed that if India had not retaliated in this way, it would have achieved “much global prominence”.
    • The sources question how leaders “whose own hands are stained with blood” can “flaunt his supremacy to the world”.
    • Ongoing Global Issues and Diplomacy
    • The “issue of Russia and Ukraine is not being resolved”, highlighting a continuing global conflict.
    • The “blood of Gaza” also continues to be shed, indicating another unresolved and tragic international issue.
    • The sources note that “Today’s world values realities and not hollow slogans”, emphasizing a shift in global perceptions.
    • Diplomatic efforts are recognized, such as India sending its “diplomatic delegation to win over the world opinion”.

    Political Hypocrisy: Leaders’ Contradictory Actions

    Political hypocrisy, as discussed in the sources, manifests primarily through a discrepancy between a leader’s stated intentions or perceived moral standing and their actual actions, particularly concerning violence, diplomacy, and the treatment of their own people versus others.

    Key examples and facets of political hypocrisy include:

    • Contradictory Actions of the American President:
    • The former American President is described as having “crossed all limits of being too wise” and being so unpredictable that “No one knows what Masoof will say where”. This unpredictability sometimes translated into actions that appear hypocritical, such as showing “Cruelty to your own people and kindness to strangers”. This made it difficult for allies, like an “Indian soldier,” to understand whether to call him a “hero or a villain”, highlighting a lack of consistent principle in his relationships.
    • Despite attempts at flattery towards “big Chaudhry Putin,” when the Russian dictator did not yield, the American leader reportedly tried to “make amends for his previous misdeed” by meeting in the Vatican away from media eyes, yet he “still did not desist from his real activities”. This suggests a performative diplomacy that did not genuinely alter his underlying, often disruptive, approach.
    • His overall demeanor, being called a “clown” but having the potential to be the “worst dictator” in other contexts, and his dressing style being “objected to by the rich and wise”, points to a notable disconnect between expected presidential decorum and his actual behavior, creating a perception of an leader who acts outside norms while holding a powerful office.
    • Leaders Whose Actions Contradict Their Moral Claims:
    • The sources directly question the moral authority of leaders “Whose own hands are stained with blood. How can he flaunt his supremacy to the world?”. This accusation is leveled specifically at Prime Minister Modi of India and Prime Minister Benjamin Netaji (Netanyahu) of Israel.
    • Netanyahu’s actions after the 7 October incident are criticized because “instead of terrorists, ordinary citizens are being killed”. The source states that this made it impossible for “even a Jew” to defend, implying a profound hypocrisy where the stated goal of fighting terrorism was undermined by actions that harmed civilians. Despite initial global sympathy for the “deadly terror” Israel faced, these actions made it difficult for the world to stand with Israel.
    • Similarly, India’s “Operation Sindoor” after the 22 April incident is criticized for killing “innocent people instead of terrorists”. The source suggests that this retaliation, despite initial global sympathy for India, made it difficult for the world to stand with India. It is proposed that if India had not retaliated in this way, it would have achieved “much global prominence”, highlighting how actions perceived as hypocritical (claiming to fight terrorists but killing innocents) can negatively impact global standing.
    • The source emphasizes that “Today’s world values realities and not hollow slogans”, directly addressing the idea that political hypocrisy, or the attempt to maintain a façade (“hollow slogans”), is no longer effective in an era where actions speak louder than words.
    • Self-Proclaimed Revolutionaries with Destructive Outcomes:
    • The sources mention “three dreaded characters dominating the Muslim world” from Libya, Iraq, and Pakistan who “try their best to declare themselves as revolutionaries or to make others declare themselves as such”. However, their predicted outcome was “terrible and horrific,” with an unlikelihood of a “natural death without achieving martyrdom”. This implies a hypocrisy between their self-proclaimed revolutionary status and the destructive, non-heroic reality of their leadership and its consequences.

    The Perilous Dance of Nations: Diplomacy, Conflict, and Leadership

    International relations, as illuminated by the sources, are a complex web influenced by individual leaders’ behaviors, strategic alliances, diplomatic maneuvers, and the significant impact of conflict and perceived hypocrisy on a nation’s global standing.

    Here’s a discussion of key aspects of international relations:

    • The Influence of Unpredictable Leadership:
    • The former American President is described as a pivotal figure whose actions profoundly affected international relations. His unpredictability was so extreme that “No one knows what Masoof will say where” and his actions were likened to a “double-edged sword or a dagger” with unknown turns. This made it difficult for allies, as he showed “no discrimination or identification of friend or foe” even for people of his “caste”.
    • For instance, an “Indian soldier was hugging him while shouting slogans of Jai-Jai, saying friend-friend, when suddenly it fell on his neck,” leaving the soldier confused whether to call him a “hero or a villain”. This highlights the fragility of perceived alliances under such leadership.
    • His “Cruelty to your own people and kindness to strangers” further complicated maintaining “some illusion of friendship”. Even “European followers” were seen as having “no status in front of this American parrot-like personality”.
    • Despite attempts at flattery towards “big Chaudhry Putin,” the Russian dictator did not yield on issues, instead trying to form a troika against the US. The American leader then reportedly tried to “make amends for his previous misdeed” by meeting in the Vatican away from media eyes, yet “still did not desist from his real activities,” demonstrating a strategic yet inconsistent approach to adversaries.
    • His unusual actions, such as calling the “President of Africa to the White House and washed his black skin”, led to awkward diplomatic moments and highlighted a disregard for international protocol.
    • Alliances and Bilateral Relations:
    • The American President did “honour his close neighbour and friend, the young Canadian PM Justin Trudeau” even before taking office, indicating some stable bilateral relationships can exist.
    • The sources also allude to the long-standing cultural power, democratic politics, and global status of India and Israel, which suggests a history of significant international engagement.
    • Conflict and its Global Repercussions:
    • Ongoing conflicts like the “issue of Russia and Ukraine is not being resolved” and the continued shedding of “blood of Gaza” underscore the persistence of international disputes and humanitarian crises.
    • The sources critically examine how nations respond to terror incidents. Following the “deadly terror that happened with Israel on 7 October” and with “India on 22 April,” both nations initially received “much praise all over the world” and global sympathy. However, the subsequent retaliatory actions by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and India’s “Operation Sindoor,” which reportedly killed “ordinary citizens” or “innocent people instead of terrorists,” made it difficult for the world to stand with them. This suggests that indiscriminate retaliation can severely damage a nation’s international support and prominence, even when they are the victims of terrorism.
    • The Role of Hypocrisy in International Standing:
    • The sources directly question the moral authority of leaders “Whose own hands are stained with blood. How can he flaunt his supremacy to the world?”. This highlights a critical aspect of international relations: perceived political hypocrisy undermines legitimacy and global influence.
    • The observation that “Today’s world values realities and not hollow slogans” emphasizes that superficial claims or justifications for actions are no longer effective in gaining international favor. Actions, particularly those involving civilian casualties, have tangible consequences for a nation’s global image and diplomatic efforts.
    • Diplomatic Efforts:
    • Despite the challenges, diplomatic efforts continue, as seen by India sending its “diplomatic delegation to win over the world opinion”. However, the sources imply that the effectiveness of such delegations is diminished if prior actions contradict the message they carry. If India “had sent them without retaliating,” it would have achieved “much global prominence”.

    In essence, international relations are portrayed as a dynamic arena where leadership style, the handling of conflict, and adherence to perceived ethical standards (or lack thereof) profoundly shape alliances, adversarial relationships, and a nation’s standing on the global stage.

    Failed Resolution: Leaders, Retaliation, and Global Standings

    Conflict resolution, as depicted in the sources, is a complex and often unsuccessful endeavor, heavily influenced by the actions and perceived integrity of national leaders. The sources highlight instances where conflicts persist and where attempts at resolution or gaining international support are undermined by specific tactical choices and leadership behaviors.

    Key insights into conflict resolution from the sources include:

    • Persistence of Major Conflicts: The sources explicitly state that “the issue of Russia and Ukraine is not being resolved”. Similarly, the “blood of Gaza” continues to be shed, indicating an ongoing, unresolved humanitarian crisis and conflict in that region. This suggests that despite global attention, some major international disputes remain intractable.
    • Counterproductive Retaliation: A significant theme is how nations’ responses to terrorism can hinder rather than help in achieving a desirable resolution or maintaining international support.
    • Following the “deadly terror that happened with Israel on 7 October” and with “India on 22 April,” both nations initially garnered “much praise all over the world” and global sympathy.
    • However, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s actions after the 7 October incident are criticized because “instead of terrorists, ordinary citizens are being killed,” making it difficult for “even a Jew” to defend. This suggests that actions seen as disproportionate or indiscriminate hinder moral standing and international support for conflict resolution.
    • Similarly, India’s “Operation Sindoor” after the 22 April incident, which reportedly killed “innocent people instead of terrorists,” made it impossible for the “world [to] stand with you”. The sources propose that if India “had sent them [diplomatic delegation] without retaliating,” it would have achieved “much global prominence”. This implies that restraint and a focus on non-civilian targets could lead to greater global legitimacy and facilitate more effective diplomatic solutions.
    • Impact of Leadership Credibility and Hypocrisy: The perceived moral authority and consistency of leaders are crucial for effective conflict resolution and international standing.
    • The sources directly question leaders “Whose own hands are stained with blood. How can he flaunt his supremacy to the world?”. This applies to figures like Prime Minister Modi and Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. Such a perception of hypocrisy, where actions contradict claims of fighting terrorism by harming civilians, undermines a nation’s ability to lead or gain genuine support in conflict resolution efforts.
    • The modern world “values realities and not hollow slogans”. This means that superficial justifications or “hollow slogans” for violent actions are not effective in gaining international favor or fostering resolution.
    • Influence of Unpredictable Leadership on Diplomatic Outcomes: The actions of the former American President are also noted for their impact on international relations, often hindering stable diplomatic outcomes. His unpredictability meant “No one knows what Masoof will say where”, making it difficult for even allies to discern if he was a “hero or a villain”. While he tried to “make amends for his previous misdeed” by meeting with “big Chaudhry Putin” in the Vatican, he “still did not desist from his real activities”. This suggests that even diplomatic overtures by such a leader might not lead to genuine shifts or resolutions if underlying actions remain inconsistent or disruptive.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 4, 2025: Saudi Arabia: Vision, Progress, and Society

    Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 4, 2025: Saudi Arabia: Vision, Progress, and Society

    This collection of texts from “20811.pdf” offers a multi-faceted view of Saudi Arabia’s progressive advancements and critical global perspectives. Several articles discuss the nation’s economic and digital transformation, particularly how the COVID-19 pandemic accelerated the adoption of remote work and new technologies, highlighting the Kingdom’s strategic vision for a diversified economy and empowered workforce, especially for women. Concurrently, other sections address the humanitarian crisis in Gaza, criticizing international inaction and detailing alleged Israeli atrocities. Historical accounts are also present, including the founding and expansion of King Faisal Specialist Hospital and the heroic story of Nasser bin Ali Al-Dughaither’s military endeavors. Additionally, the sources touch upon the global silicon market, Saudi Arabia’s role in supply chain efficiency, and cultural discussions ranging from intellectual property rights to the representation of women in literature and sports.

    Podcast

    01
    Listen or Download Podcast : Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 4, 2025

    Gaza’s Plight: Humanitarian Crisis and Two-State Solution Imperative

    The sources provide a focused discussion on the Middle East conflict, particularly concerning the situation in Gaza, emphasizing the severe humanitarian impact and the proposed two-state solution.

    The humanitarian situation in Gaza is described as a “deteriorating humanitarian situation” with “continuous, unbearable fighting”. The conflict has resulted in “thousands” of victims, including “seventeen thousand, ten thousand of whom are children” who lost their lives due to the Israeli aggression. The sources characterize the Israeli government as “extremist,” adopting “killing and destruction” as a systematic approach, and rejecting diplomatic and dialogue-based solutions. They assert that Israel is committing “massacres” and “crimes” which international law defines as “specific attacks committed against civilians, regardless of their nationality, including murder, enslavement, persecution, sexual violence, torture, and enforced disappearance”. It is claimed that Israel performs “all of these acts without exception, and even more, without accountability or oversight”.

    The profound impact of the conflict is highlighted, noting the “complete, perhaps unprecedented, suffering” endured by the residents of Gaza. There is a strong call for the “Israeli war machine” to cease its actions against innocent people. The most crucial aspect of any agreement is to stop the war, even if temporarily, to allow residents “a chance to breathe, heal their wounds, and feel safe”. The “catastrophe” experienced by the people of Gaza is said to have “exceeded all recognized human boundaries” and requires an end.

    Regarding solutions, the sources state that the situation in the occupied territories will not achieve calm without a “just, lasting, and comprehensive solution”. Temporary solutions are deemed ineffective, as they only offer a brief respite before the conflict resumes. The “two-state solution” is presented as the permanent answer that “will undoubtedly end the Arab-Israeli conflict”. It is further mentioned that the Kingdom (Saudi Arabia) has initiated an “international coalition” to facilitate this two-state solution. The primary mission of this coalition is to establish a Palestinian state, reactivate the peace process between Palestinians and Israelis, unify international efforts, and provide political and economic support for the construction of the Palestinian state. This approach is seen as a “clear, logical, and realistic” path that would “end the bloodshed” and establish a “stage of peace”.

    The Transformative Landscape of Remote Work in Saudi Arabia

    Remote work, often referred to as “work from afar” (العمل عن بُعد), has undergone a significant transformation, moving from a temporary alternative to a fundamental strategic component of the modern labor market, especially within Saudi Arabia.

    Evolution and Catalyst: The concept of working outside traditional office walls is not new, with its roots tracing back to earlier work patterns. The modern understanding of remote work began to solidify in the mid-20th century with the advent of technology, exemplified by Jack Nilles coining the term “Telecommuting” in 1973 during the oil crisis. The widespread adoption of the internet and collaborative software platforms like Zoom and Microsoft Teams further accelerated this evolution. However, the COVID-19 pandemic served as the biggest test and a major catalyst, forcing companies and individuals globally to rapidly adopt remote work models to maintain business continuity and employee safety. Saudi Arabia, for instance, swiftly transitioned thousands of employees to remote work within days, demonstrating the robustness of its digital infrastructure.

    Key Benefits of Remote Work: The sources highlight numerous advantages of remote work:

    • Increased Flexibility and Productivity: It grants employees greater freedom and productivity, allowing them to manage their time in alignment with peak focus and personal needs. Studies indicate that remote workers can be more productive, with one study finding a 13% increase in productivity.
    • Cost Savings: It offers significant cost reductions for both individuals and companies, by decreasing the need for large offices, reducing electricity bills, and cutting down on transportation costs and wasted commuting time.
    • Expanded Job Opportunities: This model has opened new avenues for diverse groups to enter the job market, particularly benefiting women, individuals with disabilities, and residents of remote areas by removing geographical barriers.
    • Improved Work-Life Balance: It allows for a better integration of personal and professional life, reducing daily stress related to commuting and long working hours, especially for those with family responsibilities.
    • Enhanced Autonomy and Trust: Remote work fosters a culture based on trust and accountability, empowering employees with greater control over their tasks and work environment, which can boost self-confidence and job satisfaction.
    • Increased Innovation and Resilience: It promotes the adoption of advanced digital technologies and supports organizational resilience by enabling continuity during crises, thereby enhancing economic competitiveness.

    Challenges Associated with Remote Work: Despite its benefits, remote work presents several challenges:

    • Work-Life Balance Issues: The blurring of lines between personal and professional life can lead to increased psychological pressure and the feeling of being constantly “on”.
    • Social Isolation: The absence of daily in-person interaction with colleagues can lead to feelings of loneliness and isolation, potentially impacting mental well-being.
    • Technological Adaptation: Some individuals or regions may face difficulties in adapting to digital tools and technologies due to a lack of technical knowledge or insufficient infrastructure.
    • Potential for Discrimination: There’s a risk of occupational discrimination, particularly against women, where they might be perceived as less serious or committed compared to their in-office counterparts.
    • Psychological Stress: Increased work volume and the demands of adapting to new digital environments can lead to stress and exhaustion.
    • Management and Oversight: Monitoring performance and ensuring accountability in a remote setting requires a different management approach, moving from presence-based to results-based evaluation.

    Remote Work in Saudi Arabia: Saudi Arabia has notably integrated remote work into its national transformation agenda, Vision 2030, aiming to build a diversified, knowledge-based economy and empower its workforce.

    • Strategic Integration: It is considered an “original part” of the sustainable development strategy.
    • Government Support and Platforms: The Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development has launched initiatives and platforms like “Work from Afar,” “Qiwa,” “Tamheer,” “Doroub,” and “Hadaf” to regulate, support, and enhance remote work opportunities and training.
    • Empowering the Workforce: These initiatives specifically target increasing the participation of Saudi citizens, especially women, youth, and individuals with disabilities, in the private sector and enabling them to access diverse job roles.
    • Digital Infrastructure Investment: The Kingdom has made substantial investments in its digital infrastructure, including fiber optics and 5G networks, which are crucial for the success of remote work models.

    Future Outlook: Remote work is no longer seen as a transient solution but as a fundamental characteristic of the future of employment.

    • Hybrid Models: There is a global trend towards hybrid work models that combine the advantages of personal presence with the flexibility of remote work.
    • Continuous Skill Development: The increasing demand for digital skills necessitates ongoing training and rehabilitation programs, including in areas like AI and robotics.
    • Technological Advancements: Future trends include leveraging virtual and augmented reality to create more interactive virtual work environments, reducing feelings of isolation.
    • Culture of Trust and Well-being: The success of remote work hinges on building a culture of mutual respect, transparency, and empathetic leadership that prioritizes employee well-being.

    In conclusion, remote work is transforming the relationship between individuals and their careers, fostering greater autonomy and efficiency while building more resilient and competitive economies. Saudi Arabia, through its Vision 2030, is at the forefront of adopting and supporting this shift, aiming to become a global hub for smart and sustainable work.

    Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030 Economic Transformation

    Saudi Arabia’s economic growth is deeply intertwined with its ambitious Vision 2030, which serves as the fundamental strategic framework for a comprehensive national transformation. This vision aims to diversify the Kingdom’s income sources and foster sustainable development across various sectors, significantly reducing its historical reliance on oil.

    Key elements and indicators illustrating this economic growth include:

    • Diversification and Non-Oil Revenue:
    • A significant achievement is the increase in non-oil revenues by over 100% since 2016, emphasizing the Kingdom’s shift towards a more diversified and knowledge-based economy.
    • The non-profit sector is targeted to increase its contribution to the GDP from less than 1% to 5%, a strategic move to strengthen the social and economic fabric of the Kingdom by encouraging community innovation and civic participation.
    • Cultural and heritage events, exemplified by Riyadh Season and the Red Sea Film Festival, contributed 1.5% to the non-oil GDP in 2023, highlighting the growing economic role of creative industries.
    • Human Capital Development and Workforce Participation:
    • There has been a remarkable increase in the participation of Saudi citizens in the labor market, especially women, whose proportion rose from approximately 19% in 2016 to over 36% by 2025. This is partly attributed to the adoption of flexible and remote work models.
    • The Kingdom has also seen a notable decrease in the unemployment rate among Saudis, particularly among youth and women.
    • Remote work has opened new opportunities for diverse groups, including women, individuals with disabilities, and residents of remote areas. The number of registered freelancers has grown significantly, reaching over 2.25 million by the end of 2024.
    • Programs like “Tamheer” and “Doroub” provide crucial training and rehabilitation, aligning the workforce with future skills, including in areas like AI and robotics.
    • Digital Transformation and Robust Infrastructure:
    • The COVID-19 pandemic served as a major catalyst, accelerating an “unprecedented digital acceleration” and demonstrating the resilience of the Kingdom’s digital infrastructure.
    • Significant investments in digital infrastructure, such as fiber optics and 5G networks, are recognized as foundational to the success of remote work and broader economic competitiveness.
    • Digital platforms, including “Qiwa” for human resources services, have enhanced efficiency and transparency in the labor market, leading to a 93% reduction in in-office visits within two years.
    • Advancements in the Logistics Sector:
    • Saudi Arabia is strategically positioning itself as a global logistics hub, capitalizing on its unique location connecting three continents.
    • The Kingdom has a robust logistics infrastructure, including “a strong and effective network of international and regional airports, a network of seaports, and railway networks”.
    • Its “National Strategy for Transport and Logistics Services” aims to raise its ranking to the tenth place globally in the Logistics Performance Index by 2030, having already jumped 17 ranks in this index.
    • Recent initiatives include an 8.3 billion riyals agreement to enhance supply chain operations.
    • Growth in Key Industries:
    • The Kingdom is aspiring to become a leading industrial power, fostering high-growth sectors and promoting “Saudi-made” products globally. This includes preparing for the Fourth Industrial Revolution.
    • The Saudi silicon market is projected to achieve an 8.5% annual compound growth rate until 2030, driven by its increasing applications in construction, renewable energy, healthcare, and automotive industries.
    • The construction sector, a significant consumer of silicon, is expected to grow at a CAGR of 5.7% between 2025 and 2030.
    • Intellectual Property and Innovation:
    • The Kingdom has demonstrated a strong commitment to intellectual property rights, evidenced by its significant improvement in the global Intellectual Property Rights Enforcement Index, rising 14 ranks to 13th globally in 2025. This is vital for attracting foreign investment, particularly in high-tech and innovative sectors.
    • Reforms such as extending design protection to 15 years and establishing specialized prosecution offices for IP cases underscore this commitment.

    In summary, Saudi Arabia’s economic growth is depicted as a deliberate, multi-faceted transformation, driven by strategic national visions, substantial investments in critical infrastructure, proactive human capital development, and a strong focus on diversifying its economic base through technology and key growth sectors. This comprehensive approach aims to solidify the Kingdom’s position as a more competitive, flexible, and resilient economy globally.

    Saudi Arabia’s Healthcare Transformation: Vision 2030 and Beyond

    Saudi Arabia’s healthcare development is a key pillar of its broader national transformation under Vision 2030, aiming to establish a robust, diversified, and sustainable health system. This evolution is characterized by significant historical foundations, accelerated digital integration, and ambitious goals for global leadership in specialized medical care.

    Here’s a comprehensive overview of healthcare development in Saudi Arabia, drawing on the provided sources:

    • Historical Foundations and Early Development:
    • The origins of public health services in the Kingdom trace back to the establishment of the Public Health Department in 1343H (1924/1925 CE), followed by the Directorate of Public Health and Ambulance in 1344H, which aimed to establish hospitals and health centers across the Kingdom and regulate medical professions.
    • The Ministry of Health was officially founded in 1370H (1950/1951 CE), signifying the growing governmental focus on healthcare.
    • Early major hospitals, such as King Saud Hospital (Al-Shamisi), were established in 1376H (1956/1957 CE).
    • Transformation under Vision 2030 and the Impact of COVID-19:
    • Healthcare development is an “original part” of Vision 2030’s sustainable development strategy, which seeks to diversify the Kingdom’s income sources and foster comprehensive growth.
    • The COVID-19 pandemic served as a major catalyst, forcing and accelerating an “unprecedented digital acceleration” in healthcare and other sectors. This period demonstrated the Kingdom’s robust digital infrastructure, enabling a rapid shift to remote work and continuity of essential services.
    • The national strategy includes strengthening the healthcare sector’s infrastructure, establishing a stronger model for primary and specialized care, and developing a rapid response system for epidemics and emergencies.
    • There is a clear strategic aim to launch comprehensive health insurance projects and transition towards a modern healthcare model.
    • The Kingdom’s commitment also extends to increasing Saudization rates in various professions, including the health sector.
    • Digital Health and Innovation:
    • The pandemic significantly boosted the digitization of health services, with widespread reliance on platforms like “Tawakkalna” and “Sehhaty” for everyday life and health management.
    • The adoption of virtual meeting technologies and digital platforms across government and business sectors during the pandemic showed the potential for remote healthcare delivery and enhanced efficiency.
    • Future trends include the integration of advanced digital technologies like Artificial Intelligence (AI) and robotics in diagnosis and treatment, promoting innovation and resilience within the healthcare system.
    • King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Centre (KFSHRC) – A Benchmark of Excellence:
    • KFSHRC, established by King Faisal in 1390H (1970CE), was conceived to provide advanced healthcare to citizens and reduce the need for medical travel abroad.
    • Upon its opening in 1395H (1975CE), it was dubbed “The Automatic Hospital” due to its cutting-edge technology, which was advanced for the Middle East at the time.
    • A significant milestone occurred in 2021 with the royal decree transforming KFSHRC into an independent, non-profit foundation, aiming to make it one of the best healthcare centers globally. This transformation focuses on sustainable research and expanding specialized care capacity.
    • KFSHRC has achieved remarkable global recognition, being ranked 15th globally among the top 250 academic healthcare institutions in 2025 by Brand Finance, and becoming a leading regional institution in specialized care and research.
    • Its notable clinical achievements include being the first in the world to perform a total liver transplant and a total heart transplant using a robot. It also pioneers in precision medicine and minimally invasive surgery.
    • The hospital provides comprehensive services for organ transplants, oncology, cardiology, neurological, and genetic diseases, serving over 10,000 outpatient visits annually and employing a diverse team of over 13,000 staff members from 67 nationalities.
    • Role of the Non-Profit Sector:
    • Vision 2030 targets a substantial increase in the non-profit sector’s contribution to the GDP, from less than 1% to 5%. This sector includes non-profit hospitals and universities, which are seen as vital for delivering healthcare services and strengthening community solidarity.
    • The Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development and the Ministry of Health are actively involved in expanding partnerships with non-profit hospitals to develop new models of care.
    • Addressing Health Challenges and Promoting Well-being:
    • The Kingdom’s healthcare initiatives extend to public health awareness and direct patient care, as highlighted by expert advice on common medical conditions. These include:
    • Gastrointestinal and sleep disorders: Addressing symptoms like bitter taste in the mouth, dizziness, snoring with enlarged tonsils/deviated septum/sinusitis, and sleep disturbances due to psychological trauma.
    • Chronic diseases management: Specifically noting the challenge of managing diabetes for shift workers due to disrupted hormonal rhythms and emphasizing the need for coordinated care.
    • Promoting healthy lifestyles: Providing extensive advice on sleep hygiene (e.g., consistent sleep schedule, avoiding stimulants, creating a conducive sleep environment) and the benefits of regular exercise for overall well-being.
    • The interest in silicon applications in healthcare, personal care, and medical silicones also indicates a focus on specialized material science for health products.

    In conclusion, Saudi Arabia’s healthcare development reflects a dynamic and ambitious national endeavor to modernize its health system, integrate cutting-edge technology, and foster a healthier and more productive society in line with the objectives of Vision 2030.

    Global Silicon Market and Saudi Arabia’s Growth

    Saudi Arabia’s economic growth, driven by Vision 2030’s ambitious diversification goals, includes a significant focus on developing high-growth sectors, and the silicon market is a notable example of this. The Kingdom aims to become a leading industrial power, leveraging its natural resources and strategic location.

    Here’s an analysis of the silicon market, drawing from the provided sources:

    Global Market Overview and Growth:

    • The global silicon market size reached $22.7 billion in 2024.
    • It is projected to achieve a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 6.0%, with revenues expected to reach $32.2 billion by 2030.
    • This growth is primarily fueled by increasing demand for silicon across various end-use industries.

    Key Applications and End-Use Industries: Silicon’s versatility leads to its wide application in numerous sectors:

    • Industrial Processes: This sector held over 25% of the market revenue in 2024, utilizing silicones as defoamers and lubricants in areas like offshore drilling and paper production.
    • Construction: Silicon is extensively used in the construction industry due to its resistance to weather, high stability, inertness, and water-repellent properties. It’s compatible with materials like concrete, steel, marble, glass, aluminum, and polymers. It’s also vital for building roads, bridges, pipelines, oil installations, and industrial units. The construction sector is anticipated to grow at a CAGR of 5.7% between 2025 and 2030. Silicones can also help reduce damage from low to medium intensity earthquakes.
    • Electronics: Silicon is crucial for electronic applications, including insulating protection from saline air, moisture isolation in boards, modifying semiconductor packaging materials, and protecting heating element wires in PCBs and ECUs.
    • Automotive: Used in various forms like rubbers, sheets, coatings, greases, airbags, and hoses. Silicone rubber is used for wire coating due to its shock resistance, excellent electrical insulation, weather, heat, chemical, and tear resistance. Silicone grease acts as a lubricant for brakes due to its high-temperature stability.
    • Consumer Goods: Found in a wide range of products from cooking tools to household and sports items, prized for its biocompatibility, excellent thermal and electrical insulation, and chemical inertness.
    • Healthcare and Personal Care: Silicone gel is used for personal care, reducing non-raised scars on fresh wounds, and in packaging electronic equipment like LEDs and solar cells due to its high strength and water resistance. The growth in the beauty and personal care sectors, driven by increasing population and aging concerns, is expected to boost demand for silicone gel. Medical silicones also show high growth potential.
    • Renewable Energy: Increasing use in solar panels and as a lubricant/sealant in wind turbines.

    Product Segmentation:

    • Based on product type, elastomers dominated the market in 2024 with a 41% revenue share. Types include high-temperature vulcanized (HTV) silicone rubber, liquid silicone rubber (LSR), and room temperature vulcanized (RTV) silicone rubber.
    • RTV silicone rubber is particularly noted for its strong adhesion, excellent thermal resistance, and insulating properties, used as sealants and fillers in electric vehicles, architectural elements, aerospace, and energy sectors.
    • Silicone resins, characterized by excellent thermal stability, heat resistance, weather tolerance, and water repellency, are suitable for paints and varnishes.

    Regional Market Dynamics:

    • Asia-Pacific held the largest share, exceeding 45% of global revenue in 2024, driven by the presence of numerous companies (small, medium, and large), lower labor costs, and market penetration opportunities.
    • Europe is the second-largest global silicon market, with a projected CAGR of 5%. Countries like Germany, the UK, France, Russia, and Spain show increased demand in construction. European funding and supportive measures (incentives, subsidies, tax exemptions) also boost the construction sector.
    • North America is a leading market for silicone additives, with high demand from industrial chemicals, plastics, composites, paints, coatings, food, and beverages.

    Saudi Arabia’s Silicon Market:

    • The silicon market in Saudi Arabia is projected to record a significant CAGR of 8.5% until 2030.
    • This growth is attributed to diverse applications, with the construction sector being a major contributor to demand, especially given the country’s mega-infrastructure projects.
    • Growing investments in solar energy and the use of silicon as lubricants and sealants in wind turbines also boost demand in the Kingdom.

    Competitive Landscape:

    • The global silicon industry is highly fragmented, with intense competition among major players based on technology and product quality.
    • Key strategies include mergers and acquisitions, new product launches, and expanding production capacity. For example, Wacker Chemie AG announced a $160.3 million investment to expand production capacity in China in September 2023.

    Overall, the silicon market is experiencing robust growth globally, with Saudi Arabia demonstrating strong potential driven by its national development vision and significant infrastructure and renewable energy investments.

    Reflections on Society, Culture, and Progress

    Here are the titles of the columns found in the newspaper, along with their first two paragraphs of detail, as requested:

    • كلمة
    • The humanitarian situation in Gaza has escalated amidst continuous, unbearable fighting, exacerbated by Israel’s aggression, which has resulted in seventeen thousand deaths, including seven thousand children. This is unsurprising from an extremist government that adopts killing and destruction as a systematic approach, refusing any diplomatic or dialogue-based solutions leading to calm. Instead, it commits widespread massacres, regardless of their type, even though international law stipulates that these are crimes committed in a specific attack context, targeting civilians and including murder, enslavement, sexual violence, torture, persecution, and enforced disappearance, all of which Israel commits without exception, and even more, without oversight or accountability.
    • Talking about an opportunity to reach an agreement for a ceasefire in Gaza for its residents, who have suffered completely, perhaps unprecedentedly, is a good thing, and it is time for the Israeli war machine to stop what it is doing to the innocent. Whatever such an agreement entails, the most important thing is a ceasefire, which would give the residents of Gaza a chance to breathe, even if for some days, and to gather their wounds, feeling that they are not always threatened, as the tragedy they have lived and are living has exceeded all recognized humanitarian boundaries, and it must come to an end.
    • الحل الواضح
    • It has become clear that the world is witnessing an unprecedented digital acceleration, where roles and concepts have changed, and the traditional features of the labor market have begun to fade. A new work model has emerged that does not require physical presence or commitment to a specific place but relies on technology, granting employees greater freedom and productivity. Amidst this transformation, remote work has emerged as one of the most prominent features of the modern digital age, strongly imposing itself on economic and social realities, to the extent that it can no longer be considered merely a temporary alternative or a marginal option.
    • The COVID-19 pandemic was a pivotal moment that pushed institutions worldwide, including Saudi Arabia, to re-evaluate traditional work mechanisms and adopt flexible solutions ensuring performance continuity and employee safety simultaneously. This model proved its effectiveness in a short period, transforming from an emergency experience into a sustainable model based on self-discipline, mutual trust, and strong digital infrastructure.
    • »سلاسل الإمداد«.. إمكانات لوجستية متطورة
    • The National Industrial and Logistics Services Development Program has invested in the unique strategic location of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, as it connects three continents and is considered a global commercial hub. It possesses abundant natural resources, from mining and energy, and all qualifications that make it a leading industrial and logistical center, where the program contributes to developing high-growth sectors locally and supporting the open economy that welcomes foreign investments to make the Kingdom a leading industrial power and a global logistical hub, after the program laid out an ambitious plan based on the Kingdom’s strengths.
    • The Kingdom plays a prominent role in enhancing the efficiency of “global supply chains” by leveraging the strong and advanced logistical capabilities it possesses. This includes a strong and effective network of international and regional airports, a network of seaports, and railway and road networks of global standard in terms of performance efficiency to support the movement of individuals and goods. The Kingdom has succeeded in strengthening and developing its logistical capabilities according to international indicators to support supply chain movement and to be a vital and strategic link in global supply chains.
    • استثمار تحدي »كورونا« إلى فرص لتسريع التحول الاقتصادي والرقمي
    • The COVID-19 pandemic, which began in early 2020, was a global crisis affecting all sectors, especially the labor market, but Saudi Arabia invested in this challenge to accelerate economic and digital transformation. This led to profound changes in the Saudi labor market, including the temporary economic lockdown, partial cessation of some commercial, service, and tourism activities, reduced employment in sectors like hospitality, retail, and aviation, and a sudden shift to remote work and comprehensive adoption of working from home for government employees and the business sector.
    • Positive long-term transformations include accelerating digital and health transformation by relying on platforms like “Tawakkalna,” “Sehhaty,” and “Madrasati” for daily life. It also mentions the launch of a formal “remote work platform” in the labor market, accelerated digitization of administrative and employment procedures through “Qiwa” platform, strengthened digital infrastructure and its capacity for expansion and response, and empowered women and people with disabilities, with the percentage of women in the labor market increasing from about 19% in 2016 to over 36% in 2025, due to flexible and home-based work.
    • العمل عن ُبعد (First instance, page 23)
    • The concept of work is no longer confined to traditional office walls, as the horizons of achievement have transcended geographical boundaries, weaving a new fabric thanks to the revolution in digital communications. Remote work has become the most prominent manifestation of these transformations and the primary driver that redefines the relationship between humans and their professions. This pattern did not appear suddenly, but is the culmination of a historical journey of technological development, crowned by exceptional global circumstances that imposed it as a strategic choice.
    • This report deciphers remote work, starting from its roots and development, and its pivotal role in business continuity, while highlighting the pioneering Saudi experience and its role in empowering women and foresight into the economic future. (Note: While the title العمل عن ُبعد appears multiple times, the introductory detail from the article on page 73 is integrated here as it provides an overarching description of “remote work” as a concept in the newspaper’s context.)
    • توسيع الفرص الوظيفية للنساء آفاق جديدة لتحقيق التوازن بين العمل والأسر
    • Remote work offers flexibility, which is no longer just an additional advantage but a contemporary necessity that aligns with the accelerating pace of life. In this new model, employees are no longer tied to eight rigid hours behind a desk; instead, they have the ability to distribute their time according to their peak focus, personal circumstances, and daily needs. This flexibility does not mean chaos, but rather allows for greater self-discipline and the ability to manage time consciously and efficiently. From another angle, this model offers real cost savings for both individuals and companies, as the need for massive offices, high electricity bills, and recurring operating expenses decreases.
    • It also reduces transportation costs, whether daily commuting or travel allowances, and even wasted time in traffic has been transformed into actual productive hours. The experience has proven that remote work can increase the productivity of a large segment of employees, especially those who work in environments that require high concentration or intellectual creativity. In a flexible work environment, individuals are allowed to create their own routines, which reduces distractions and enables them to achieve better performance.
    • نساء خلف الشاشات
    • The concept of remote work has gradually evolved over the past two decades with the advancement of technology and the spread of the Internet. Before the advent of the Internet and digital communications, remote work was limited to certain freelance jobs or specialized skills like writing and translation. Today, remote work encompasses many industries and fields that rely on technology, such as programming, digital marketing, project management, and technical support. Initially, remote work was considered merely a secondary option or an exceptional case, but over time it became a real alternative to the traditional office-based work model.
    • With the major technological transformations, remote work now involves more than just sending emails or making video calls. Today, major companies use advanced software and tools for online collaboration, cloud storage, and managing distributed teams to facilitate communication and organize work among employees spread around the world. The most significant development in this field was the COVID-19 pandemic, which forced companies to suddenly shift to remote work, and this rapid transformation showed the world that remote work can not only be a possible option but also an effective one that enhances productivity, reduces costs, and provides greater flexibility for workers.
    • العمل عن ُبعد معادلة الحياة والمهنة
    • Remote work has undergone a radical transformation in the lives of Saudi women, opening new horizons for them to achieve work-life balance in ways that were previously impossible. Women have found the ability to perform their professional tasks from their homes, which has reduced the daily stress associated with commuting and long working hours. It has also given them the opportunity to reconcile family and practical commitments with a spirit of comfort and discipline.
    • Remote work has also played a pivotal role in expanding job opportunities for women in remote areas, allowing them to engage in technical or administrative jobs without the need to move to major cities, or face social challenges related to mixed-gender workplaces or prolonged absence from home. Several thousand women have been able to benefit from this model.
    • »التخصصي«.. عقود من الزمن في الرعاية والتطوير
    • Healthcare services have received great attention since the establishment of this great entity by the late founder, King Abdulaziz. It mentions the royal decree to establish the Public Health Department in 1343H (1924/1925 CE) in Makkah, with branches in other regions, followed by the establishment of the Directorate of Public Health and Ambulance in 1344H to manage health and environmental affairs and establish hospitals and health centers across the Kingdom. It also refers to the issuance of regulatory frameworks for the medical and pharmaceutical professions, the opening of the first nursing school in 1346H, and the establishment of the Ministry of Health in 1370H (1950/1951 CE).
    • The King Saud Hospital (Al-Shamisi) was established in 1376H (1956/1957 CE), and its construction, furnishing, and equipment costs were covered by King Saud bin Abdulaziz. This hospital had a capacity of 450 beds and covered an area of 75,000 square meters. The work continued in developing and expanding healthcare services, establishing hospitals, centers, and medical cities throughout the Kingdom. In 1390H (1970 CE), King Faisal established King Faisal Specialist Hospital in Riyadh on land he donated, with an area of 450,000 square meters, aiming to provide healthcare services to citizens and eliminate the need for travel abroad for treatment.
    • مرزوقة العرماني.. أيقونة السدو تُتوج بجائزة الأميرة نورة للتمّيز النسائي
    • Princess Noura Bint Abdul Rahman University celebrated the winners of the Seventh Princess Noura Award for Women’s Excellence, where the wife of the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques, Princess Fahda Bint Falah Al-Hithlain, honored the Saudi artisan Marzouqa Al-Armani, in recognition of her outstanding creativity in traditional crafts, specifically Sadu craft, which is linked to the cultural identity of Bedouin women in the Arabian Peninsula. The ceremony was attended by prominent official and cultural figures, and included a speech by the Secretary-General of the award, Dr. Ibtisam Bint Saleh Al-Othman, as well as a visual presentation of the winners’ achievements, and the inauguration of the “Museum of Saudi Women” at Sara Al-Sudairi Center.
    • Marzouqa Al-Armani, who resides in Buraidah and is over sixty years old, belongs to a rare generation of women who dedicated themselves to preserving traditional crafts from extinction. Over the years, she managed to transform her Sadu practice from a hobby into a growing productive project that transcended local market boundaries, supported by social media tools that enabled her to market her work in attractive modern ways.
    • مشاعل العتيبي.. رامية السهام الذهبية
    • In the rapidly changing scene where women redefine their roles in the workplace and the traditional concept of work changes, prominent female figures have emerged within Saudi Arabia’s comprehensive development vision, able to cross from rigid academic specialization to diverse creative spaces. Among these names, Engineer Nahla Mujallad stands out as one of those who did not merely practice their profession but became pioneers in it, moving it to broader human and artistic realms. Nahla began her career as an interior designer and succeeded in building a competitive position for herself in more than one market in the Kingdom, but she did not stop at this achievement. Instead, she chose to listen to an inner whisper inviting her to go further, to the tranquility and spirit of flowers.
    • Mashaal Al-Otaibi, born in Riyadh in 1990, began her passion for archery in 2013. Her path was not smooth, as sports for women were not officially available at that time, which pushed her to seek training and self-education until she obtained a coaching license and began transferring her skills to young archers and shooters. Mashaal was not content with just training; she wanted to prove that the Saudi girl is capable of competing, so she participated in local championships as soon as the door opened for women.
    • النوم بالشعر المبلل.. عادة شائعة تهدد فروة الرأس
    • Sarah Al-Fuhaid, a hair care specialist, warned against a common habit among women: sleeping with wet hair after showering. She emphasized that this seemingly simple practice can have serious negative effects on hair and scalp health. Al-Fuhaid clarified that wet hair is in its weakest state because its outer layer absorbs water, making it prone to breakage with minimal friction, especially during sleep and head tossing on the pillow.
    • She added that the impact of this habit varies depending on hair type; dyed or chemically/heat-treated hair suffers more due to its pre-existing fragility, while thick or curly hair may be less affected. Al-Fuhaid also pointed out that the dangers are not limited to the hair strands but extend to the scalp, which becomes an ideal environment for fungal growth due to moisture retention. She said that the warm and humid environment that forms when sleeping with wet hair stimulates the activity of Malassezia fungi, which are one of the main causes of dandruff, and can also cause skin irritations like seborrheic dermatitis, which appears as annoying greasy patches accompanied by itching.
    • من مشاهير العقيالت.. اشتهر باالإقدام والشجاعة والكفاح
    • The Al-Uqailat family has a rich and vibrant history full of noble morals and virtues. They were not merely traders, but rather embodied every noble quality, honesty, trustworthiness, and kindness in their dealings with others. The mention of the Al-Uqaili family in Iraq, Syria, and Egypt dates back to their journeys from Najd starting in 1160H, with their final travels in 1370H, serving as ambassadors of Najd to the Arab world. Although Najd is a landlocked region without rivers, it was a passage for pilgrim caravans from Iraq since ancient times.
    • These Najdi Al-Uqailat served as ambassadors for Najd, and through them, Syria and Egypt came to know the morals of the people of Najd. They interacted with these societies outside Najd, including military, social, political, and economic aspects. They even founded cities in Iraq, such as Al-Khamisiyah, which was established by an Al-Uqaili military figure named Abdullah bin Saleh Al-Khamis. They also established a movement in Baghdad, Basra, Damascus, and Egypt, and some members of the Al-Uqailat family had an economic impact and owned commercial houses.
    • دعوة لحضور اجتماع الجمعية العامة العادية لعام 2025 م
    • Gulf Mines Co. (formerly Al-Khaleej Cement) is pleased to invite you to attend the Ordinary General Assembly Meeting of Gulf Mines Co. (formerly Al-Khaleej Cement) which will be held at 7:30 PM on Monday, 2025/07/21 at the company’s headquarters located in Al-Nakheel neighborhood – intersection of Takhasusi Road with the Northern Ring Road – Riyadh.
    • Attendance and voting will be through electronic programs, and we will announce the access link to the meeting on the company’s website http://www.g-c-co.com to discuss the agenda listed below.
    • حجم سوق السيليكون العالمي يتجاوز 22 مليار دوالر .. والإيرادات مرشحة لتجاوز حاجز 32 مليارًا في 2030
    • The global silicon market size jumped to $22.7 billion in 2024, achieving a compound annual growth rate of 6.0%, meaning that the sector’s revenues are projected to reach $32.2 billion in 2030. This booming sector benefits from increasing demand for silicon across various end-use industries, including personal care, consumer goods, industrial processes, and construction.
    • The silicon sector in the United States performs moderately due to limited opportunities in manufacturing and silicon use in general. However, continuous product innovation and ongoing technological developments enhance silicon’s use in emerging applications such as electrical and vehicle components, and in personal and healthcare sectors. Furthermore, suppliers continue to boost their market share by developing value-added products and expanding applications that typically use other materials.
    • سيناريو »مطاردة األشباح« في العراق عام 2003 هل تكرر في إيران ؟
    • American and Israeli air strikes targeting Iranian nuclear facilities in Fordow, Natanz, and Isfahan have created a new dilemma for International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) inspectors regarding the fate of enriched uranium stockpiles, which include quantities approaching the purity needed for nuclear weapons manufacturing. Despite Washington’s announcement of the “destruction” of the three facilities, the IAEA has not yet been able to confirm the extent of the damage inside Fordow, a deep underground facility. IAEA Director-General Rafael Grossi suggested that sensitive centrifuges were likely damaged, but ambiguity remains about whether nearly 400 kg of 60% enriched uranium was destroyed or moved.
    • Western diplomatic sources confirmed that some of Iran’s shipments were moved before the attacks, while Iran denies these accusations, asserting its commitment to its nuclear pledges. While inspection operations are hampered by rubble and destruction, observers fear that these developments might create a scenario reminiscent of the “ghost hunt” in Iraq in 2003, used as a cover to hide materials. The IAEA demands swift resumption of its tasks, with warnings that any ambiguity regarding the fate of these materials will pose a strategic threat to regional and international security.
    • القطاع غير الربحي.. نحو تنمية شاملة
    • Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030 seeks to achieve a comprehensive national transformation focused on diversifying income sources and sustainable development across all sectors. Among the ambitious goals adopted by the Vision is to increase the non-profit sector’s contribution to the GDP from less than 1% to 5%. This sector includes various non-profit organizations such as charitable associations, cultural centers, non-profit hospitals, and universities, which play vital roles in providing services and strengthening community solidarity.
    • This goal is considered a strategic step that contributes to strengthening the social and economic structure of the Kingdom. The non-profit sector provides opportunities for community innovation and encourages civic participation, while also easing pressure on both government and private sectors by efficiently meeting community needs.
    • المثقف والمال
    • The known relationship between intellectuals, writers, and money is described as “not good” from the perspective of wealth and diversification, due to their preoccupation with research, creativity, writing, reading, and learning, making them indifferent to showing off wealth or spending excessive time on luxuries and appearances. They are very keen on their appointments and have special rituals for them, which is almost a global, not just Arab, phenomenon.
    • Many famous and less famous intellectuals, writers, and talented individuals worldwide affirm their continuous suffering, with a constant need to live a stable psychological and family life. This is due to constant anxiety about their financial situation, both current and future, which requires raising compensation and contracts to match their intellectual (cognitive) output, allowing the intellectual to feel morally appreciated. This is what the intellectual enjoys in Saudi Arabia – thank God – from the highest responsible authorities (Ministry of Culture) to official and private media entities, as an extension of the wise leadership’s support for everything that elevates thought, science, and scientists.
    • الشعر والرواية.. الشكل والبيئة
    • Poetry has been organically linked to the Arab space since its early beginnings. The desert was not just a geographical background for poetry; it was an artistic spirit where poetic events unfolded. Its rhythmic, linguistic, and emotional characteristics shaped the structure of the poem. In contrast, the novel, as a modern narrative form, emerged expressing the spirit of the city, its social complexity, its diverse times, intertwined relationships, and numerous characters.
    • This contrast between the novel and poetry is not limited to the artistic tool or technique but extends to reflect the vision of each art towards existence, humanity, and the world. Ancient Arab poetry, born in the desert environment, reflected the clarity, simplicity of urban space, and social spontaneity. These characteristics were reflected in the structure of the poem throughout the early ages of poetry, which was built on unity of verse, not on narrative logic, because the tribal context sought eloquence, statement, and remembrance rather than a story.
    • طمأنينة الكتابة
    • The author describes a conversation with a friend about the “music” of reading and writing, where the friend blames him for his occasional feeling of fear of losing his passion for the creative human aspect of life. He feels the dire need to stop, a stop that appears as an interruption on the surface of his privacy, yet in reality, it is a continuous connection to raw life materials.
    • The author finds himself “playing” the books in this beautiful state, embracing moments in writing, capturing them for a purpose not just to live them, but to fully immerse in their details, including those of others. This highlights the contemplation of realistic and virtual situations, which often relate to ordinary human situations that the author wished to adhere to.
    • مكتبة مزيفة
    • The purpose of reading is not to escape from our minds, but to free our minds from them -Nietzsche. The author observes a painful paradox in a time where minds are measured by the number of shelves and cultures by the number of scattered titles on them: a dominant presence of books but a severe absence of thought.
    • The library is not a home for ideas, but for some, it has transformed into a “luxury decoration,” a glaring symbol of vanity. Titles are displayed like “brands” without a trace to suggest that a mind has passed through there.
    • الشخصّية القاعدية في التوجيه التراثيّ
    • Every new year that dawns upon us is nothing but a window overlooking possibility. It is a blank page awaiting the ink of determination, as we stand on its threshold like a traveler at the beginning of a journey, torn by mixed emotions between the joy of transformation and renewal, and the hesitation of repetition. Years are merely numbers if we do not imbue them with meaning; they will only diminish our lifespans without returning value. It is another form of irresponsible consumption of life.
    • The need to start a new page is no longer an emotional luxury, but a necessity. It rebuilds order from chaos and mends what days have corrupted within us. It is a page where we write ourselves as we wish to be, a page that does not deny the past but is not bound by it, as it sheds the burden of yesterday and approaches tomorrow with a light heart full of optimism.
    • الشخصّية القاعدية في التوجيه التراثيّ (٢)
    • The term “Methodology” is derived from three Greek words, Meta (meaning ‘towards’ or ‘direction’), Hodos (meaning ‘straight path’ or ‘progression’), and Logia (meaning ‘study’ or ‘science’), signifying a method or pattern of study or composition. It explains that Methodology involves a keen and reflective observation that establishes a systematic framework or a scientific method based on construction and gradual progression, looking forward and progressing, laying clear foundations and methods, and strong evidence to reach a specific scientific or cognitive outcome.
    • “Methodology” has been defined in many ways, and Dr. Hamou Al-Naqqari, in his book “The Spirit of the Method,” enumerated many of these definitions, including that it is: “a study that arrives through observation and monitoring of scientific practice for the purpose of research and the methods of this practice, which establishes the principles used therein”. It is also defined as: “a study that clarifies the set of accepted rules and steps in completing a research, or a study specialized in examining a specific cognitive field, seeking to clarify its methods and techniques”.
    • الملح في الذاكرة الشعبية
    • Society can be understood through studying salt; by tracing its status and the evolution of its uses, one can understand the cultural, health, and consumer aspects of society, and the changing tastes and living patterns. Thus, salt becomes an important entry point for understanding society at its current moment.
    • Salt has transformed from a simple household ingredient into a multi-dimensional symbol related to self-care, well-being, and physical and psychological balance. The emergence of new types of salt, such as sea salt and Himalayan salt, and its entry into the fields of beauty, purification, and therapy, reflects cultural and health indicators that express new patterns of thinking and living.
    • ع في فلسفة الوجع والتوجُّ
    • The author describes reading the phrase “beautiful pain” on a social media post, which sparked a series of questions: how can pain be beautiful? Is there truly such a thing as beautiful pain? And since when was pain beautiful?. The author then suggests that there are moments of contemplation where one realizes that certain pains in life cannot be described as anything but “beautiful pain,” not sorrow, not happiness, but a strange mixture of emotions that express the heart’s passage through a calm storm.
    • This pain could be the pain of loss, a memory of love, or even longing for someone who departed without saying goodbye. The author states that beautiful pain does not just make us cry; it teaches us. It makes us rearrange ourselves, understand that space within us, and create something as deep as what our hearts expressed. It is that kind of hope that we do not want to get rid of, because it carries within it a part of us, of our past, of our incomplete moments, but they were sincere, proving that we lived sincerely, loved sincerely, and went through experiences that shaped us even if they were incomplete.
    • ليس لألدميرال من يكاتبه رحلة ضابط سعودي بحري
    • The author begins by describing returning to their office, seeking refuge from the “noise of life” during the long summer days, where reading becomes slow and life’s rhythm slows down. A book title caught their eye, a Saudi officer’s memoirs, drawing them in: “The Admiral Has No One to Write To“. This title is inspired by Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s famous novel “No One Writes to the Colonel”.
    • This memoir of a Saudi officer, by Brigadier General Amr Al-Amri, is an exceptional work that transcends traditional autobiography to present a human painting rich in truth and contemplation. Al-Amri does not offer a repetitive military officer’s biography, but rather delves into the depth of human experience: from a weak child’s struggle with illness and poverty in Al-Qumairi village in Jazan to a naval officer traveling the world for education.
    • قراءة في رواية »أحجار في قارعة الطريق«
    • Novels embody the depth of human stories and tales, and the trembling memory of the human cast out of his self. This is evident in Sa’d Al-Gharibi’s novel “Stones on the Sidewalk”, published in 2014 by The Cairo Studies Foundation. The title itself, “Stones on the Sidewalk,” metaphorically represents obstacles, regardless of their size, perhaps even small pebbles. The road, with all that it carries, symbolizes life’s journey, its surprises, challenges, and immersion in human suffering.
    • Since writing is a mirror of self and adds identity and intellectual directions to a person, this novel is primarily social, intertwining autobiography and a written scenario of events. Despite the multiplicity of voices within it, the omniscient narrator dominates the telling of events, with characters rebelling against him through dialogues that express their life directions.
    • الت لغوية تأمُّ
    • The author expresses writing this article with “more than burning,” regretting that such a grand and important title remains confined to some libraries, isolated from its family of books and extending scientific disciplines. Poetry is the “Diwan of the Arabs” and the treasury of their language, their history, customs, traditions, characteristics, values, and their first, most important, and dearest relationships (social foundation). The family is a scientific unit and product, and their combination in one title adds value and importance.
    • The article’s title itself is an original message presented in a book, a scientific requirement to complete a doctorate degree in literature and criticism, linked to language. It is of medium size, about 640 pages, and its methodological structure and literary content are worthy of being a solid bridge connecting two disciplines: engineering and aesthetics.
    • توصيات
    • In this corner, the Saudi translator and writer Muteb Al-Shammari, who has enriched the Arab library with over fifteen books of translation and authorship, will take readers on a journey. He has published numerous articles and translations in various Saudi and Arab periodicals and participated in local, international, and literary forums. He recommends books for readers to explore the worlds of reading and narrative based on his recent readings. (Only one paragraph of general detail about the column itself is available in the provided source for “Recommendations”.)
    • دروس قيادية من يوشع عليه السالم
    • Joshua, son of Nun, known to the People of the Book as Joshua, is the young man who accompanied Moses, peace be upon him, on his journey to find the fish in the story of Al-Khidr mentioned in Surat Al-Kahf. He lived during the period between the 13th and 12th centuries BCE, and his full name is Joshua bin Nun bin Ephraim bin Joseph bin Jacob bin Isaac bin Abraham, peace be upon them.
    • This article attempts to derive several leadership lessons from his biography, peace be upon him. The first lesson is working as a team: Moses did not embark on the search for Al-Khidr alone, but took Joshua with him. This highlights the importance of teamwork in this important mission, which is often lacking in a significant number of officials and managers who fail to complete tasks by themselves without investing in educating, training, and communicating with their team members.
    • »الملكية الفكرية« عقول تبدع لبناء المستقبل
    • “Intellectual property” remains a global element supporting the economies of major countries. From this perspective, the Kingdom has embarked on exemplary, attractive, and inspiring horizons for major global companies that have found Riyadh a supportive environment for foreign investments. This is due to the Kingdom’s pioneering legislative infrastructure, crowned by the Saudi Authority for Intellectual Property, and a system for protecting rights, registering patents, trademarks, and artistic and literary works.
    • The Kingdom emerges as a driving force shaping its economic future with an integrated intellectual property rights system. These rights are no longer mere rigid legal clauses but have become a vital artery feeding comprehensive development and a fundamental component of the new economy sought by Saudi Vision 2030. The current scene speaks of a qualitative leap confirmed by numbers and translated by successive achievements.
    • الضمان أصبح خدعة ترويجية يجب وقفها
    • The warranty of devices, tools, and even plumbing materials, as well as renovation and construction processes, has become a promotional deception used to lure consumers into high-priced purchases. It relies on the consumer being unable to benefit from the warranty clause, or even remember the start or end date of a long warranty for a long-lasting consumable item prone to easy damage, either by losing the invoice or its thermal printing fading, or by inventing an excuse for the device/tool/service failure.
    • This consumer enticement must be strictly documented or stopped because it has exceeded reasonable limits and taken diverse forms, which the author will discuss in this article due to their strangeness and deceit. The author’s observation of this strange commercial behavior began when they found some shops selling electrical lanterns guaranteed for life. This means you can replace the damaged lamp when it burns out, and when asked for proof of warranty, they ask you to bring the damaged lamp to the shop for replacement.
    • الفـن والعقيـدة
    • The human, upon being aware of his surroundings and beginning to sculpt rudimentary tools or artistic pieces from stone, and since inhabiting caves, felt a hidden power within that gave him strength to face a world full of beasts. This human thought gave rise to a refined form of thinking: that hidden forces control this world and constantly work to achieve balance. Even if this power is not visible, its actions indicate its presence, prompting humans to constantly seek its favor out of fear of its wrath, thus imitating its actions.
    • The formations of rocks and rainfall created sculpted artistic pieces, leaving shapes that instilled awe, leading humans to see statues carved by nature. Because humans naturally imitate what they see, they created shapes for their gods or these hidden powers to worship and feel comfort in this terrifying world. The human living in primitive society only understood close relationships, like kinship.
    • مساءات الرفقة في بودكاست »ذاكرة«
    • In a time when platforms are buzzing with fast-paced and superficial sounds, the “Memory” podcast offers a quiet, deliberate, yet deeply impactful voice. It presents a literary and intellectual product in books that are like a collective meditation session on forgotten details or historical moments that were not documented but reside in the souls of those who lived them. In an era where people rush towards the future and media is inundated with daily updates, the “Memory” podcast emerged as a distinctive auditory experience and an emotional immersion that evokes the past and makes it live material in the present, reordering the relationship between the recipient’s melancholy and memories, and bringing forth the ancient past not just as a recollection but as a living emotional participation that reshapes reality and opens the door to contemplation.
    • The “Memory” podcast is artistic in its form and unique in its production style, embodying a deep national humanistic and cultural project, supported by a knowledgeable and communicative team that enables them to present historical content not as dry pages but as intimate conversations told around a table, or under the shade of a tree, or whispered during evenings of companionship. What distinguishes the presenters of this podcast is not only their mastery of the material they cover, but their spontaneous ability to make memory a pulsating voice that lives in the recipient’s mind and heart simultaneously.
    • الفتاة الفوضوية
    • The “Messy Girl” aesthetic, a contradictory look to the “Clean Girl”, has taken over social media and streets worldwide for months. This trend suggests, through messy hair, smudged eyeliner, and a wrinkled shirt, for example, that it breaks rules, but it might not actually be so.
    • It contrasts with the “Clean Girl” image that dominated in recent years, with her perfect skin and carefully styled hair, resembling the girl returning from a party. This aesthetic, which is more akin to the aesthetics of the “Brocade” world, has seen increasing adoption by British singers Charli XCX and Billie Eilish. The hashtag #messygirl has garnered thousands of views on social media sites, partly due to the British singer Lola Young’s song “I’m too Messy”.
    • المستبدة
    • Artist Aref Al-Ghamdi relied on the study of color, formation, and movement in painting “The Tyrant”. He used cubist symbolism and miniatures, which played a prominent role in highlighting the aesthetic aspects of the work.
    • The painting depicts seven figures; a seated woman dominates the center, with girls on the right side of the painting and a single man on the left. The artist focused on the expressions of the faces and gestures to serve his idea, as if it were a theatrical play or an artistic story for the figures. He also strived to connect the figures and the symbolic background to form an artistic integration that serves the painting’s theme.
    • مرابط الخيول
    • Marabet Al-Khuyoul” (Horse Stables) in northwest Riyadh is considered one of the distinguished recreational destinations that attracts increasing visitors during the summer due to its temperate climate compared to central Riyadh. It offers diverse interactive experiences for visitors, combining the world of equestrianism with nature, to spend times full of vitality and enjoyment.
    • These stables represent an integrated model for recreational destinations with a sporting character. They offer diverse programs including horseback riding, fundamentals of equestrianism, riding and training skills, and show jumping. Additionally, live acrobatic shows are held in open arenas amidst beautiful nature, enhancing the visitor’s experience and adding a festive atmosphere to the environment.
    • قلعة »الدَّل« تعود للواجهة
    • Al-Dall Castle, one of the most prominent archaeological landmarks in Abha, has returned to the forefront after the Heritage Authority, part of the Ministry of Culture, completed a project for its rescue, restoration, and reinforcement. This project aims to affirm the castle’s historical depth and architectural authenticity, making it a prominent heritage and cultural destination in the Asir region.
    • The castle is located in the northwestern part of Abha city, perched on a mountain peak at an altitude of about 2342 meters above sea level. Its strategic location, overlooking the roads passing through the surrounding mountain ranges, has been noted by several researchers, including Dr. Ghaythan Jareesh, a faculty member at King Khalid University, who estimated its construction date at over 110 years ago, as it was built in 1334 AH.
    • »فيفا« أنفق ملياري دوالر.. وتباين في تقديرات األثر الاقتصادي لمونديال الأندية
    • Those interested in sports economics are closely monitoring the experience of the FIFA Club World Cup, which is being held for the first time in its new format, with the United States of America chosen to host the event. Those working on sports economics research reports find it difficult to estimate the economic impact of the tournament on the host country, as it is being held for the first time in this format, meaning there is no possibility for a standardized comparison with previous editions.
    • This is in addition to other factors such as the time difference between North America and other continents, which may negatively reflect on evaluation criteria and perhaps yield negative or inaccurate figures. A report issued by “Fox Philadelphia” and a study conducted by “Economies in the Open,” a non-profit organization, indicate that the tournament will leave an economic impact on the 11 host cities estimated at nine billion and 500 million dollars.
    • المصيليخ: وجود عشرة العبين أجانب يعد أكبر تحّد للإعلام السعودي
    • Sports discussions with former athletes always differ from conversations with those who are new and have no previous comparisons. Here, complete knowledge and experience seem crucial, and their perspective should be insightful and impartial regarding sports affairs and athletes. Therefore, “Dunya Al-Riyadhah” (Sports World) was keen to host Abdullah Al-Musaylih, a former administrator in youth categories, who spoke about the Saudi league and national teams in all their categories.
    • This interview highlights the current scene in football as witnessing an unprecedented qualitative leap, whether in attracting international stars or improving infrastructure and developing media and marketing rights. There is a clear ambition to make the Saudi league among the best globally, and this is reflected in all details of the scene.

    Diverse Voices on Current Affairs and Society

    Here are the headings from the newspaper and their first two paragraphs of detail, drawing on the provided sources:

    • كلـمة (Word) The humanitarian situation in Gaza and the West Bank has deteriorated to an intolerable and silent extent, with continuous fighting and widespread fear. This is in addition to the martyrdom of over seventeen thousand, including seven thousand children, due to the continuous and relentless Israeli aggression. This is not surprising from an extremist government that adopts killing and destruction as an approach it will not abandon, and that does not know solutions, diplomacy, or dialogue leading to de-escalation. Instead, it commits massacres on a systematic scale, regardless of their type, even though international law states that these are “crimes committed in a specific context targeting civilians, regardless of their nationalities, and include crimes of killing, enslavement, sexual violence, torture, persecution, and enforced disappearance”. Israel commits all these acts without exception, and even more, without oversight or accountability.
    • الحل الواضح (The Clear Solution) Talking about the opportunity to reach an agreement for a ceasefire in Gaza is a good thing for the residents of Gaza who have suffered immense and perhaps unprecedented hardship. It is time for the Israeli war machine to stop what it is doing to innocent people, and the most important aspect of any agreement is to stop the war on Gaza, even if only for some days, to give its residents a chance to breathe, heal their wounds, and feel that they are not always threatened every moment of the past, a tragedy that has exceeded all recognized human limits and must come to an end. The situation in the occupied territories will not be calm except with a just, lasting, and comprehensive solution, as temporary solutions have proven their ineffectiveness and inability to endure. The permanent solution is the one that lasts only for a limited time, and the situation returns to what it was, and perhaps the spotlight was on it. That solution, which must be, is without a doubt the one that will end the Arab-Israeli conflict by establishing two states. The Kingdom launched the International Coalition to implement the two-state solution, with the participation of states and organizations. The primary mission of this international coalition is to re-establish the Palestinian state, activate the peace process between Palestinians and Israelis, and work to unify international efforts and political and economic support for building the Palestinian state.
    • العمل عن ُبعد (Remote Work) It has become clear in a world witnessing unprecedented digital acceleration that the characteristics of the labor market are no longer as they once were. Roles and concepts have changed, and traditional work patterns have begun to fade, replaced by a new work model that does not require physical presence or commitment to a specific location. Instead, it relies on technology, granting employees greater freedom and productivity. Amidst this transformation, remote work has emerged as one of the most prominent features of the modern digital age, strongly imposing itself on the economic and social realities. It can no longer be considered merely a temporary alternative or a marginal option. The COVID-19 pandemic served as a pivotal moment, pushing institutions worldwide, including the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, to re-evaluate traditional work mechanisms and adopt flexible solutions that ensure both performance continuity and employee safety simultaneously.
    • توسيع الفرص الوظيفية للنساء آفاق جديدة لتحقيق التوازن بين العمل واألسرة (Expanding Employment Opportunities for Women: New Horizons for Achieving Work-Life Balance) The most prominent offering of remote work is the flexibility that is not just an additional feature but an essential modern necessity that aligns with the accelerating pace of life. In this new model, the employee is no longer confined to eight rigid hours behind a desk. Instead, they have the ability to organize their time in a way that aligns with their peak concentration, their day’s needs, and their personal circumstances. This flexibility does not mean chaos, but rather a wider space for self-discipline and the ability to manage time consciously and efficiently. From another perspective, this model offers real cost savings, whether for individuals or companies, as the need for massive offices, high electricity bills, and recurring operating expenses decreases. It also reduces transportation-related costs, whether daily commuting or travel allowances. Even the time wasted in traffic jams has been transformed into actual productive hours, as experience has proven.
    • استثمار تحدي »كورونا« إلى فرص لتسريع التحول االقتصادي والرقمي (Investing in the ‘Corona’ Challenge to Accelerate Economic and Digital Transformation Opportunities) The Kingdom faced many challenges, like other countries in the world, that the pandemic revealed, such as digital inequality and disparities in access to the internet and devices. There was also increased job-related psychological stress and high levels of tension and fatigue from working from home. Furthermore, digital skills were weak, and there was a rapid need to train employees on new digital tools. However, all these challenges were met with a response from our wise government, which launched financial support programs, such as assistance for Saudi employees in the private sector. There were also initiatives to support salaries and social insurance, and legislation was issued for flexible work and remote work.
    • القطاع غير الربحي.. نحو تنمية شاملة (The Non-Profit Sector… Towards Comprehensive Development) The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030 aims to achieve a comprehensive national transformation based on diversifying income sources and achieving sustainable development across various sectors. Among the ambitious goals adopted by the Vision is to increase the non-profit sector’s contribution to the Gross Domestic Product from less than 1% to 5%. This sector includes various non-profit organizations, such as charitable associations, cultural centers, hospitals, and universities, which play a vital role in providing services and enhancing social solidarity.
    • حجم سوق السيليكون العالمي يتجاوز 22 مليار دوالر في 2024.. واإليـرادات مرشحـة لتجـاوز حاجــز 32 مليــارا (Global Silicon Market Size Exceeds $22 Billion in 2024… Revenues Projected to Exceed $32 Billion) The global silicon market size jumped to $22.7 billion in 2024, achieving a compound annual growth rate of 6.0%. This means that the sector’s revenues are poised to reach $32.2 billion in 2030. The booming sector benefits from increased demand for silicon across various end-use industries, including personal care, consumer goods, industrial processes, and construction. The silicon sector in the United States achieves moderate performance due to the limited opportunities generally available in the market, resulting from the interweaving of manufacturing industries and the use of silicon.
    • الاستثمار من منظور ثقافي (Investment from a Cultural Perspective) It is well-known that the relationship between wealth and intellectuals/writers is “not good” in terms of prosperity and diversification. This is due to their preoccupation with research and freedom from possessions, and their dedication to writing, reading, and study, as well as verification and meticulousness. They waste time on luxuries and appearances, and they are hardly concerned with appointments, even hours, and they have special rituals for that. This is almost a global phenomenon, not just an Arab one. This applies especially to those whose age has exceeded fifty years, who are unable to work and earn.
    • الضمان أصبح خدعة ترويجية يجب وقفها (Warranty Has Become a Promotional Ploy That Must Be Stopped) Ensuring devices, tools, and even plumbing materials and renovation and construction operations has become a promotional ploy through which the consumer is lured into buying at a high price. It bets that the customer will not be able to benefit from the warranty clause, and will not even be able to remember the start or end date of a long warranty for a long-lasting consumable item vulnerable to damage that can be easily circumvented. This is either by losing the invoice, or its damage because it is thermal print, or inventing a justification for the damage to the device, tool, or implemented process. This enticement to the consumer must be strictly documented or stopped because it has exceeded reasonable limits and its forms have diversified.
    • الملكية الفكرية« عقول تبدع لبناء المستقبل» (Intellectual Property: Minds Innovating to Build the Future) “Intellectual property” remains a global element supporting the economies of major countries. From this standpoint, the Kingdom has embarked on exemplary, attractive, and inspiring horizons for major global companies that have found in the capital, Riyadh, a supportive environment for foreign investments. This is due to the Kingdom’s pioneering legislative structure, which has been crowned by the Saudi Authority for Intellectual Property, a system for protecting rights, registering patents and inventions, and trademarks, as well as artistic and literary works. Here, the Kingdom emerges as a driving force shaping the features of its economic future with an integrated intellectual property rights system.
    • نسـاء خلـف الشـاشـات (Women Behind Screens) The concept of remote work began to gradually take shape in the last two decades with the advancement of technology and the spread of the internet, becoming an essential part of daily professional life. Before the advent of digital communications and the internet, remote work was confined to certain freelance professions or jobs that required specialized skills, such as writing and translation. Today, however, remote work encompasses many industries and fields that rely on technology, such as programming, digital marketing, project management, and technical support. Initially, remote work was considered merely a secondary option or an exceptional case. However, with time, it became a real alternative to the traditional office work model.
    • العمل عن بعد يلبي احتياجات المرأة (Remote Work Meets Women’s Needs) Remote work has brought about a radical transformation in the lives of Saudi women, opening new horizons for achieving work-life balance and family life in ways that were previously impossible. Women have found the ability to perform their professional tasks from home, which has reduced the daily stress associated with commuting and long working hours. It has also given them the opportunity to reconcile family obligations and professional achievements with a spirit of comfort and discipline. Remote work has also played a pivotal role in expanding employment opportunities for women in remote areas.
    • المرأة السعودية في بيئات العمل الرقمية (Saudi Women in Digital Work Environments) The proportion of women’s participation in the Saudi workforce reached 35.4% in the second quarter of 2024. 95% of working Saudi women are employed in the government sector, and 41% in the private sector. Women constitute 59.8% of those registered on the freelance work platform, which reflects their strong presence in the labor market.
    • من الخطوط الهندسية إلى عبير الزهور (From Engineering Lines to the Scent of Flowers) In a rapidly evolving landscape where the traditional concept of work is changing and women’s roles are being redefined, Saudi female names have emerged. As part of a comprehensive development vision, they have managed to transcend the rigid confines of academic specialization into broader realms of creativity. Among these names, Engineer Nahla Mujallad stands out as one of those who did not merely practice their profession but became pioneers in it. She moved to more humane and artistic areas. Nahla began her career as an interior design engineer and succeeded in building a competitive position for herself in more than one market in the Kingdom.
    • مرزوقة العرماني.. أيقونة السدو تُتوج بجائزة الأميرة نورة للتمّيز النسائي (Marzouqa Al-Armani… The Icon of Sadu Crowned with Princess Noura Award for Women’s Excellence) Princess Noura bint Abdul Rahman University celebrated the winners of the Seventh Session of the Women’s Excellence Award. The wife of the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques, Princess Fahda bint Falah Al Hithlain, honored the Saudi artisan Marzouqa Al-Armani, in recognition of her remarkable creativity in the field of traditional crafts, specifically the Sadu craft, which is linked to the cultural identity of Bedouin women in the Arabian Peninsula. The ceremony witnessed a prominent official and cultural presence. It included a speech by the Secretary-General of the Award, Dr. Ibtisam bint Saleh Al-Othman, in addition to a visual presentation of the winners’ achievements and the inauguration of the “Museum of Saudi Women” at Sarah Al-Sudairi Center.
    • مشاعل العتيبي.. رامية السهام الذهبية (Mashael Al-Otaibi… The Golden Archer) In the corners of Saudi female sports leadership, names shine brightly, creating their glory despite challenges. Mashael Al-Otaibi is one of those inspiring symbols who combined passion, determination, and professionalism. She is the captain of the Saudi national archery team and the first Saudi woman to win gold medals locally in this sport, opening the door for new ambitions in an arena that, until recently, was exclusive to men. Mashael Al-Otaibi was born in Riyadh in 1990, and her path was not paved. Her passion for archery began in 2013, which prompted her to knock on the doors of self-training and education, as sports for women were not officially available at that time.
    • النوم بالشعر المبلل.. عادة شائعة تهدد فروة الرأس (Sleeping with Wet Hair… A Common Habit Threatening the Scalp) Sara Al-Fahaid, a hair care specialist, warned against a common habit among women: sleeping with wet hair after showering. She emphasized that this seemingly simple practice can have significant negative effects on hair and scalp health. Al-Fahaid explained that “hair in its wet state is at its weakest due to the saturation of its outer layer with water, which makes it prone to breakage with even the slightest friction during sleep and tossing on the pillow”. She added that the effect of this habit varies depending on hair type, as chemically or heat-treated dyed hair suffers more due to its prior sensitivity, while thick or curly hair may be less affected.
    • ناصر الدغيثر.. القيادة والِحنكة (Nasser Al-Dughaither… Leadership and Acumen) Our historian and writer, Professor Yaqoub Al-Rashid Al-Dughaither (may God have mercy on him), wrote a clear and information-rich article in Al-Jazeera newspaper about Nasser Al-Dughaither, his biography. He is his cousin and knows him perfectly. He heard many situations and stories from him. Yaqoub Al-Rashid intended to publish a book about Al-Dughaither, but some illnesses befell him, and then he passed away (may God have mercy on him). Abdullah bin Yaqoub Al-Rashid, one of those interested in culture, history, and literature, prepared a book about his father, Yaqoub, which will be published soon. He also has contact with writers and journalists and is a prominent figure in media and journalism.
    • ضبابية حول مصير اليورانيوم اإليراني (Ambiguity Over the Fate of Iranian Uranium) American and Israeli airstrikes targeting Iranian nuclear facilities in Fordow, Natanz, and Isfahan have raised a new dilemma for International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) inspectors. This dilemma concerns the fate of enriched uranium stockpiles, which include quantities approaching weapons-grade purity. Despite Washington’s announcement of the “destruction” of the three facilities, the agency has not yet been able to confirm the extent of the damage inside. IAEA Director General Rafael Grossi suggested that the sensitive centrifuges in Fordow, a deep underground facility, were damaged, while ambiguity remains about whether about 400 kg of 60% enriched uranium was destroyed or moved.
    • الشعر والرواية.. الشكل والبيئة (Poetry and Novel… Form and Environment) The Kingdom’s Vision has enabled us to identify all dimensions of culture in Saudi Arabia. It has made it a way of life, not merely confined to a specific aspect, thanks to the mechanisms of our blessed Vision. Culture expands according to our ability to employ our conscious sense towards every cultural dimension, through awakening our feelings. This is manifested in the moment of poetic effervescence, which comes at the moment of the emergence of chants and sounds, which come to you, so that our eyes then move to a state of cognitive insight when we perceive them keenly, because the cultural dimension transcends the ordinary feature. This can be transferred to feelings, visions, and ideas.
    • المـرأة المثقفة شريكة فـكر (Educated Woman: Partner in Thought) There are many beautiful and immortal phrases that remain in memory, such as the inspiring phrase: “We are tired of staying in the Third World”. The owner of the first royal decree, Prince Khalid Al-Faisal (may God protect him), said this phrase. It is not just a passing statement, but a civilizational declaration that urges liberation from classifications and pushes towards a space that expands for thought, awareness, and dignity. In this field, it was not only for men to strive; rather, the educated woman, the sister of thought and decision, joined him. She advanced to the platforms and wrote with her insights the features of a homeland that welcomes everyone.
    • دروس قيادية من يوشع عليه السالم (Leadership Lessons from Joshua (peace be upon him)) Joshua, known as Yuşūʿ ibn Nūn among the People of the Book, is the young man who accompanied Moses, peace be upon him, on his journey to search for the fish in the story mentioned in Surah Al-Kahf. He lived during the period between the thirteenth and twelfth centuries BC. His full name is Joshua bin Nun bin Ephraim bin Joseph bin Jacob bin Isaac bin Abraham, peace be upon them all. In this article, an attempt is made to derive a number of leadership lessons from his biography, peace be upon him, as follows: – Working with a team spirit: Moses, peace be upon him, did not embark on the search for the fish alone. Instead, he took the young Joshua with him to be his companion in this important task.
    • الفـن والعقيـدة (Art and Creed) Since humans became aware of their surroundings and their fingers began to touch stone to form primitive tools or artistic pieces, and since they stood in the water and felt living creatures at their feet, entering caves and making them dwellings, there was a hidden force they felt within them that gave them strength in facing a world full of monsters. Human thought created a sophisticated form of thought, believing that there are hidden forces controlling this world, constantly working to achieve balance. Although this power is not visible, its actions indicate its presence.
    • »فيفا« أنفق ملياري دوالر.. وتباين في تقديرات الأثر الاقتصادي لمونديال الأندية (FIFA Spent $2 Billion… Discrepancies in Economic Impact Estimates for Club World Cup) Those interested in sports economics are closely monitoring the experience of the Club World Cup, which is being held for the first time in its new format. This comes after the United States was chosen to host the event. Researchers working on reports for sports economics find it difficult to estimate the economic impact of the tournament on the host country, given that it is being held for the first time in this format. This means that it is not possible to make a benchmark comparison with previous editions, in addition to other factors such as the time difference between North America and other continents, which may negatively reflect on evaluation criteria and perhaps yield negative or inaccurate figures.
    • المصيليخ: وجود عشرة العبين أجانب يعد أكبر تحّد لإلعالم السعودي (Al-Musaylih: The Presence of Ten Foreign Players is the Biggest Challenge for Saudi Media) The discussions of former athletes always differ in how they are approached with those who talk about new developments and do not know any previous comparisons. Here, complete knowledge and experience seem to be limited. We can say that the perspective of these individuals, if not insightful and neutral regarding sports affairs and athletes, will be incomplete. Therefore, “Sport’s World” has been keen to host someone who gives the full picture from all its dimensions. Our meeting with Al-Musaylih, the former administrator in the youth categories and national teams, who spoke about the Saudi league in all its categories, was an example of this. So, this was the discussion:
    • نافذة حضارية تربط الماضي بالمستقبل (A Civilizational Window Connecting Past with Future) The phenomenon of the “messy girl” look, which contradicts the “clean girl” image, has swept social media and streets around the world for months. This trend suggests, through messy hair, smudged eyeliner, and a wrinkled shirt, for example, that it breaks many rules, but it may not actually be so. In contrast to the “clean girl” image that dominated in recent years, with her perfect skin, neatly styled hair, and carefully chosen appearance, the “messy girl” resembles a girl returning from a party, aligning with the aesthetics of grunge. This look has seen increasing adoption, especially by British singer Charli XCX and American Billie Eilish. The hashtag #messygirl has garnered thousands of views on social media platforms.
    • الديدان الطفيلية تكافح السمنة (Parasitic Worms Combat Obesity) A team of researchers in the Netherlands conducted a fruitful experiment where they fed a group of laboratory mice diets rich in fat, then implanted a group of parasitic worms inside their bodies. Within the framework of the experiment, which falls under the research on worms and metabolism, the worms penetrated the skin of the mice and made their way to the blood vessels surrounding the intestines, where they laid their eggs. Researcher Bruno Guigas, a molecular biology specialist at the Center for Infectious Diseases at Leiden University in the Netherlands, stated that “the result was amazing”. He explained that the mice infected with the worms lost a significant amount of weight compared to the healthy mice. Within one month, they became visibly thinner to the extent that it was no longer necessary to use a scale to confirm the experiment’s result.
    • المستبدة (The Tyrant) The artist Aref Al-Ghamdi relied on studying color, movement, and composition in painting “The Tyrant”. He used the symbolic cubist style and miniatures, which played a prominent role in highlighting the aesthetic aspects of the work. The painting depicts seven figures; a woman sitting alone on the right side of the painting, and girls on the left. The artist focused on the facial expressions and gestures in the painting to serve his idea, as if it were a story for the figures in a theatrical or artistic play. He also strived to connect the figures, the painting, and the symbolic background to form an artistic integration that serves the subject of the painting.
    • مرابط الخيول (Horse Stables) “Marabet Al-Khayoul” in the northwest of Riyadh is considered one of the distinctive recreational destinations that is witnessing increasing demand during the summer season. It offers diverse interactive experiences for visitors, combining the world of equestrianism and nature in an environment characterized by moderate weather compared to the city center. These stables offer a comprehensive model for recreational destinations, providing diverse programs for spending lively and enjoyable times.
    • قلعة »الدَّ قل« تعود للواجهة (Daghqal Castle Returns to the Forefront) Daghqal Castle, one of the prominent archaeological landmarks in Abha, has returned to the forefront after the Heritage Authority, affiliated with the Ministry of Culture, completed a project for its rescue, restoration, and reinforcement. This project aimed to reaffirm the castle’s historical depth and architectural authenticity, making it a prominent heritage and cultural destination in the Asir region. The castle is located on the summit of a mountain in the northwestern part of Abha, at an elevation of approximately 2342 meters above sea level.
    • طعم الفم عند االستيقاظ (Taste in Mouth Upon Waking) “I suffer from stomach diseases and increased acidity, and when I wake up, I literally feel a bitter taste in my mouth, even though I maintain my eating habits and timings at night. Sometimes I suffer from this problem, and sometimes I feel dizzy when I wake up in the morning?” – Changes in mouth taste upon waking can have more than one cause. These include acid reflux from the stomach to the throat, which may be due to a relaxed sphincter between the stomach and esophagus, or it could be due to sleep apnea, which causes reflux.
    • نظام الشفتات ومستوى السكر (Shift System and Blood Sugar Levels) “I suffer from diabetes, and my blood sugar level was stable, but I was transferred to work on a shift system. Since then, my blood sugar level has been unstable. What do you advise me to do?” – The secretion of insulin hormone and the body’s sensitivity to insulin follow a daily rhythm, decreasing at night and increasing during the day. Hormones that raise blood sugar levels, such as cortisol and adrenaline, also increase during the day and decrease at night. Therefore, the shift system may not be suitable for your condition compared to the regular work system.
    • الشخير مع تضخم في اللوز (Snoring with Enlarged Tonsils) “I suffer from snoring with enlarged tonsils and a deviated septum, dryness in the nose, and headaches due to sinus infections?” – The symptoms you mentioned may occur together and cause some of the symptoms you suffer from. You have symptoms of sleep apnea, including snoring, morning headaches, dry mouth, and choking during sleep.
    • اضطرابات في النوم بعد صدمة نفسية (Sleep Disturbances After Psychological Trauma) “About a year and a half ago, one of my relatives (may God have mercy on him) passed away. The shock affected my sleep and my relationship with the night. I hate the night and feel very lonely in it, but with the remembrance of God and the Quran, the condition has eased a little. The second problem is sleep. I suffer from chronic insomnia. I sleep only 3 or 4 hours a day. And when I sleep, I have dreams and nightmares that make me hate sleeping even more. I also find it very difficult to fall asleep. I can sit for 4 hours waiting. Lack of sleep has affected me very much. It has affected my concentration on my studies, my activity, and my energy. I have become more nervous. I think about taking sleeping pills to get some rest, but I cannot go to a psychiatrist, unfortunately. I am tired of sleep… I am tired?” – Severe psychological stress or shocks can affect sleep, and the effect may be temporary. However, sometimes it can cause chronic disturbances. It is not possible to find an effective solution in this brief response, but there are some tips: It might be good to visit a psychiatrist to get their opinion on the impact of the trauma on your psyche and the extent of the need for treatment.
    • نصــائـح لـنــوم سليــم (Tips for Healthy Sleep) Sleep is a natural process we perform every night. While people are not all the same, some go to sleep whenever and wherever they want, others find it difficult to sleep and do not feel rested or regain their activity when they do sleep. There is a certain lifestyle, certain eating habits, and individual behavior that help with healthy sleep. These behavioral factors can positively affect the quantity and quality of healthy sleep. Our discussion here will be limited to the behavioral aspects of treatment and will not touch upon organic disturbances. There are common misconceptions about sleep that need clarification.
    • »فيفا« أنفق ملياري دوالر.. وتباين في تقديرات الأثر الاقتصادي لمونديال الأندية (FIFA Spent $2 Billion… Discrepancies in Economic Impact Estimates for Club World Cup) This heading appears twice in the document with slightly different details. The first instance is on page and the second on page. I will provide the first two paragraphs from the first instance. Those interested in sports economics are closely monitoring the experience of the Club World Cup, which is being held for the first time in its new format. This comes after the United States was chosen to host the event. Researchers working on reports for sports economics find it difficult to estimate the economic impact of the tournament on the host country, given that it is being held for the first time in this format. This means that it is not possible to make a benchmark comparison with previous editions, in addition to other factors such as the time difference between North America and other continents, which may negatively reflect on evaluation criteria and perhaps yield negative or inaccurate figures.
    • المصيليخ: وجود عشرة العبين أجانب يعد أكبر تحّد لإلعلام السعودي (Al-Musaylih: The Presence of Ten Foreign Players is the Biggest Challenge for Saudi Media) The discussions of former athletes always differ in how they are approached with those who talk about new developments and do not know any previous comparisons. Here, complete knowledge and experience seem to be limited. We can say that the perspective of these individuals, if not insightful and neutral regarding sports affairs and athletes, will be incomplete. Therefore, “Sport’s World” has been keen to host someone who gives the full picture from all its dimensions. Our meeting with Al-Musaylih, the former administrator in the youth categories and national teams, who spoke about the Saudi league in all its categories, was an example of this. So, this was the discussion:
    • مساءات الرفقة في بودكاست »ذاكرة« (Evenings of Companionship in “Memory” Podcast) In a time when platforms are bustling with voices that are fast-paced, “Memory” podcast offers a quiet, deliberate, yet deeply impactful voice. It is a project that delves into past moments that almost disappeared from history or details that remained untold in books, yet reside in the hearts of those who lived them. In an era where people rush towards the future and media is saturated with daily updates, “Memory” podcast emerged as a distinctive audio experience. It re-establishes the relationship between the listener’s sorrow and their memories, invoking the past not merely as a recollection, but as a lively emotional participation that reshapes the present and opens the door to contemplation.

    Please note that for the last heading “»فيفا« أنفق ملياري دوالر.. وتباين في تقديرات الأثر الاقتصادي لمونديال الأندية”, I have provided the details from its first appearance in the sources. The newspaper itself is structured with a mix of articles, reports, and short remarks, not always strictly following a ‘heading then two paragraphs’ format for every piece of content. I have extracted the most coherent two-paragraph segments following what appear to be the main headings.

    Download PDF Newspaper

    01
    Download PDF Newspaper in Arabic Language : Al-Riyadh Newspaper, July 4, 2025

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Beyond the Gym: Cultivating Sustainable Wellness Habits

    Beyond the Gym: Cultivating Sustainable Wellness Habits

    The traditional perception of wellness often centers around gym memberships and structured fitness routines. However, a more comprehensive and enduring approach, “Sustainable Wellness,” recognizes the profound interconnectedness between personal well-being and the health of our planet. This report delves into cultivating wellness habits that extend beyond conventional gym settings, integrating holistic health principles with environmental consciousness. It aims to provide deep, evidence-based insights and actionable strategies for fostering long-term, fulfilling, and ecologically responsible daily living.

    Defining Sustainable Wellness: Interconnectedness of Personal and Planetary Health

    Sustainable Lifestyle Wellness represents a conscious, holistic approach to living that prioritizes personal, social, and environmental well-being through daily choices. This framework is built upon the fundamental understanding that individual well-being and the health of the planet are deeply intertwined. The choices made each day—from dietary patterns to modes of transportation and consumption habits—create ripple effects that extend far beyond personal lives.

    A core principle of sustainable wellness is the recognition that actions beneficial for an individual can simultaneously benefit the Earth. For instance, opting to walk or cycle for short distances not only enhances physical fitness but also reduces air pollution, contributing to a healthier community environment. Similarly, choosing locally sourced, seasonal foods supports regional agriculture, lowers transportation emissions, and often provides more nutritious meals. These examples illustrate a symbiotic relationship: a healthier planet provides the necessary conditions for individual health, and individual sustainable choices contribute to the planet’s vitality. This goes beyond mere coexistence; it is a mutually reinforcing cycle where the degradation of one aspect inevitably harms the other, making a truly sustainable approach essential for long-term well-being. This approach emphasizes starting where one is and making incremental, mindful changes rather than drastic, potentially unsustainable sacrifices.

    The Holistic Nature of Wellness: Beyond Physical Fitness

    Wellness, in this context, expands significantly beyond mere physical health. It encompasses a holistic integration of physical, mental, and spiritual well-being, focusing on nourishing the body, engaging the mind, and nurturing the spirit. It is a dynamic process aimed at enabling individuals to live life fully and realize their fullest potential given their circumstances.

    This comprehensive view of wellness typically incorporates multiple interdependent dimensions, often cited as eight or ten distinct areas. These dimensions include physical, intellectual, emotional, social, spiritual, vocational or occupational, financial, and environmental wellness. Some models further include digital and cultural wellness, acknowledging the impact of technology and cultural identity on overall health. A crucial aspect of this multidimensionality is that neglecting any one dimension can negatively affect the others over time, ultimately impacting an individual’s overall health, well-being, and quality of life. This interconnectedness means that a solely physical or “gym-centric” approach to well-being is inherently insufficient for achieving true and lasting health.

    The environmental dimension, in particular, is not just about the planet’s health but acts as a direct determinant of individual physical and mental well-being. Environmental factors, including natural conditions like weather patterns and daylight exposure, as well as social conditions, can significantly impact mental health, inducing stress and affecting overall well-being. Chronic exposure to environmental stressors, without adequate adaptation, can lead to both physical and mental health issues. This highlights a critical feedback loop: a healthy environment directly supports personal health, rendering environmental stewardship a self-benefiting act for individual wellness. Therefore, cultivating environmental wellness is not just an altruistic act for the planet but a direct investment in one’s own health and resilience. The ultimate goal across these dimensions is to strive for a “personal harmony” that feels authentic and sustainable for the individual, rather than an arbitrary equal balance across all areas.

    Purpose of the Report: Shifting Focus from Traditional Gym-Centric Views to Integrated, Sustainable Daily Habits

    This report aims to redefine wellness by exploring how daily choices, seamlessly integrated into one’s lifestyle, can foster sustained well-being while simultaneously contributing to environmental preservation. It moves beyond the often fleeting nature of short-term fitness trends to emphasize long-term impact and conscious consumerism, advocating for a holistic and enduring approach to health and planetary care.

    I. Understanding Sustainable Wellness: A Holistic Framework

    A. Core Principles of Sustainable Lifestyle Wellness

    Sustainable Lifestyle Wellness is built upon several foundational principles that underscore the profound link between individual health and global ecological balance.

    The interwoven nature of personal and planetary health is central to this concept. It posits that improving individual well-being should correlate directly with improving the well-being of other members of society and the natural environment. This means that seemingly simple personal choices, such as walking or cycling instead of driving, not only contribute to physical fitness but also reduce air pollution, making communities healthier for everyone. Similarly, opting for locally sourced, seasonal foods supports regional farmers, reduces transportation emissions, and often provides more nutritious meals. This perspective emphasizes that actions beneficial for personal health can also be beneficial for the Earth.

    Mindful consumption is another key principle, urging individuals to become aware of what they buy and consume. This involves prioritizing needs over wants and choosing durable, ethically produced items. Investing in durable replacements for daily essentials, such as reusable water bottles or long-lasting activewear, is a practical step towards minimizing waste and promoting a more sustainable, minimalist approach to self-care.

    Eco-conscious transportation encourages alternatives to private car usage. This includes opting for walking, cycling, public transport, or carpooling when feasible, and considering fuel-efficient or electric vehicles for longer distances. Research indicates that active commuting, specifically walking and cycling, is associated with lower commuting stress, a healthier Body Mass Index (BMI), higher life satisfaction, increased cardiovascular fitness, and improved muscular strength.

    A sustainable diet advocates for increasing the frequency of plant-based meals, reducing food waste, and prioritizing local, seasonal, and organic produce. This involves making whole, intact grains the norm, limiting potatoes due to their rapid impact on blood sugar, and moving nuts and legumes to the center of the plate as flavorful, protein-rich alternatives to animal products. Choosing healthier plant oils, such as canola or olive oil, over high-saturated fats like butter, is also recommended.

    The cultivation of sustainable habits is characterized by incremental changes and continuous learning. This approach is not about deprivation or sacrifice, but rather about creating a life that feels fulfilling and enriching across all dimensions. It begins with starting where one is and making small, gradual adjustments, understanding that even minor actions, when multiplied across individuals and communities, can lead to significant positive impacts for both personal and planetary well-being. This process encourages critical self-reflection, continuous learning, and active participation in creating more just and sustainable systems.

    Finally, the concept integrates eudaimonic well-being and the capability approach. True well-being, within this framework, is linked to psychological flourishing, finding meaning and purpose in contributing to a sustainable future. This aligns with the capability approach, which emphasizes having the real freedoms and opportunities to live a life that is both fulfilling and ecologically responsible. This perspective expands beyond individual actions to emphasize systemic thinking and ethical responsibility, recognizing that environmental justice, power dynamics, resource distribution, and structural inequalities play a crucial role in enabling or hindering sustainable living for all. This means that personal wellness is inherently a collective and societal issue, not merely a private one, demanding engagement with broader socio-economic and political structures.

    B. The Multidimensionality of Wellness: Beyond Physical Health

    Wellness is a comprehensive concept that extends far beyond the confines of physical fitness. It encompasses a dynamic interplay of various dimensions, each contributing to an individual’s overall health and quality of life. While models may vary slightly, typically eight to ten mutually interdependent dimensions are recognized.

    These dimensions include:

    • Physical Dimension: This involves actively caring for the body to maintain health, both in the present and for the future. It necessitates balancing regular exercise, adequate sleep habits, and nutritious eating.
    • Intellectual Dimension: This aspect encourages intellectual growth, fostering curiosity for continuous learning, valuing lifelong education, and responding positively to mental challenges. It also involves expanding knowledge and skills, and discovering avenues to share one’s unique gifts with others.
    • Emotional Dimension: This dimension focuses on understanding and respecting one’s own feelings, values, and attitudes, while also appreciating the emotions of others. It involves managing emotions constructively and maintaining a positive, enthusiastic outlook on life.
    • Social Dimension: This emphasizes maintaining healthy relationships, enjoying interactions with others, cultivating friendships and intimate connections, caring for others, and allowing others to provide care. It also includes actively contributing to one’s community.
    • Spiritual Dimension: This involves finding purpose, value, and meaning in life, irrespective of whether it includes organized religion. It entails participating in activities that align with one’s core beliefs and values.
    • Vocational/Occupational Dimension: This pertains to preparing for and engaging in work that provides personal satisfaction and life enrichment, aligning with one’s values, goals, and lifestyle. It highlights the importance of contributing unique gifts, skills, and talents to personally meaningful and rewarding work.
    • Financial Dimension: This focuses on managing resources to live within one’s means, making informed financial decisions and investments, setting realistic goals, and preparing for short-term and long-term needs or emergencies. It acknowledges the unique financial values, needs, and circumstances of each individual.
    • Environmental Dimension: This involves understanding how one’s social, natural, and built environments affect health and well-being. It includes being aware of the Earth’s unstable state and the effects of daily habits on the physical environment, demonstrating a commitment to a healthy planet. Environmental factors, such as weather patterns, daylight exposure, and environmental disasters, can significantly impact mental health, inducing stress and potentially exacerbating mental health conditions like seasonal affective disorder (SAD) or post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Chronic exposure to environmental stressors, without effective adaptation, can lead to both physical and mental health issues. This highlights that a healthy environment directly supports personal health and resilience, making environmental stewardship a direct investment in individual well-being.
    • Digital Dimension (in 10-dimension models): This involves setting healthy boundaries and limits around technology use and screen time, considering its impact on overall well-being. It encourages creating sustainable habits that support one’s values, goals, community, and safety in the digital realm.
    • Cultural Dimension (in 10-dimension models): This focuses on having the freedom to practice one’s own culture and belong to a cultural group. Cultural well-being stems from being valued for the differences that define individuals, their beliefs, history, and roots.

    Neglecting any of these dimensions can have a detrimental effect on the others, ultimately impacting overall health, well-being, and quality of life. The objective is not necessarily to achieve an equal balance across all dimensions, but rather to strive for a “personal harmony” that feels authentic and supportive of individual flourishing.

    Table 1: The Dimensions of Wellness and Their Contribution to Overall Health

    Dimension NameKey Aspects/DefinitionContribution to Overall Health/Well-being
    PhysicalCaring for the body, balancing exercise, sleep, and nutrition.Decreases stress, lowers disease risk, increases energy, improves overall mental and physical health.
    IntellectualValuing lifelong learning, expanding knowledge and skills, engaging in creative activities.Stimulates the mind, fosters curiosity, leads to a greater feeling of well-being and a more balanced life.
    EmotionalUnderstanding and managing feelings constructively, appreciating others’ feelings, feeling positive about life.Successfully handles life’s stresses, adapts to change, reduces anxiety and depression, promotes resilience.
    SocialMaintaining healthy relationships, enjoying interactions, developing friendships, contributing to community.Provides emotional support, reduces isolation, improves cardiovascular and mental health, fosters connectedness and belonging.
    SpiritualFinding purpose, value, and meaning in life, aligning with beliefs.Guides actions and decisions, provides grounding during change, builds resilience, enhances sense of purpose and connection.
    Vocational/OccupationalFinding satisfaction and enrichment in work consistent with values and goals, contributing unique gifts.Balances work and leisure, builds peer relationships, manages stress, provides a sense of purpose and value.
    FinancialManaging resources to live within means, making informed decisions, setting realistic goals, preparing for needs.Minimizes stress, provides a sense of security and satisfaction, supports overall well-being.
    EnvironmentalUnderstanding how environments affect health, awareness of Earth’s state, commitment to a healthy planet.Directly impacts mental health (stress, anxiety), physical health (pollution), and overall sense of well-being (safety, stimulation from nature).
    DigitalSetting healthy boundaries with technology and screen time, considering its impact on overall well-being.Supports values, goals, community, and safety by creating sustainable habits for technology use.
    CulturalHaving the freedom to practice one’s own culture and belong to a cultural group, being valued for differences.Fosters a sense of belonging, acceptance, and personal identity, contributing to overall well-being.

    II. Integrating Movement and Physical Activity into Daily Life

    Moving beyond the traditional confines of a gym offers diverse and accessible pathways to physical activity, fostering both personal health and environmental stewardship.

    A. Embracing “Beyond the Gym” Fitness

    The approach to physical activity can be significantly broadened by embracing natural environments and integrating movement into everyday routines. This is not a compromise on fitness but rather an optimization, leveraging readily available resources for more holistic, accessible, and environmentally responsible physical activity. This paradigm shift democratizes fitness, making it less reliant on financial access to specialized facilities.

    Outdoor workouts provide a powerful alternative to energy-intensive gym environments, significantly reducing one’s environmental footprint while offering enhanced well-being, improved mental health, and stress reduction. A wide array of activities can be pursued outdoors, including walking, running, hiking, cycling, roller skating or blading, kayaking, paddleboarding, swimming, yoga, meditation, and various team sports. Public parks often provide accessible equipment such as pull-up bars, monkey bars, and balance beams, which can be utilized for strength training, alongside natural settings perfect for bodyweight exercises like push-ups, squats, and lunges. The simple act of embracing the outdoors for physical activity fosters a deeper connection with nature, which itself contributes to mental and emotional health.

    Incorporating movement into daily routines offers simple, accessible ways to integrate physical activity without needing a gym membership or specialized equipment. This includes choosing stairs over elevators, walking or cycling for short distances instead of driving, parking farther away from entrances, taking lunchtime walks, performing desk exercises, dancing while cooking, utilizing commercial breaks during television viewing for quick workouts, and enjoying evening strolls. Active commuting, specifically walking and cycling, has been shown to lead to lower commuting stress, a healthier Body Mass Index (BMI), higher life satisfaction, increased cardiovascular fitness, and improved muscular strength. These small, consistent changes accumulate over time to provide substantial health benefits.

    Community fitness events, such as park yoga classes or group runs, further encourage communal participation in eco-friendly environments, fostering social connection and a shared sense of purpose. These events build community bonds while promoting healthy, sustainable practices.

    Furthermore, digital-first experiences, including virtual workouts, on-demand classes, and app-based programming, offer significant convenience. They also reduce the need for physical infrastructure and printed materials, thereby streamlining the environmental footprint associated with traditional fitness models. This adaptation to modern technology supports sustainable fitness by minimizing travel and resource consumption.

    B. Functional Training for Everyday Living

    Functional training represents a prime example of “Beyond the Gym” fitness, directly translating to improved quality of life and independence. Its inherent accessibility, requiring minimal equipment and being highly adaptable, makes it a highly sustainable physical habit for diverse populations and life stages.

    Functional training focuses on exercises that mimic the movements performed in daily life, enhancing overall functional strength, stability, mobility, and coordination. This type of training makes everyday tasks easier, helps prevent injuries, and is considered an essential component of healthy aging by improving flexibility, agility, balance, and coordination to prevent falls. The benefit of this training extends beyond mere “fitness” to practical improvements in activities like lifting, walking, and gardening.

    Key examples of functional movements and their real-world applications include:

    • Squats: Excellent for building lower body strength and improving mobility, preparing individuals for activities like picking up objects from the floor, getting up from a chair, or crouching.
    • Lunges: Enhance balance and coordination while targeting legs and core, beneficial for walking, climbing stairs, gardening, and maintaining balance.
    • Pushes: Strengthen the upper body and core, supporting tasks like bracing oneself, moving objects, opening and closing doors, or getting up from the floor.
    • Pulls: Engage multiple muscle groups, crucial for lifting objects, opening doors and drawers, or even starting a lawnmower.
    • Hinges: Support bending movements, useful for unloading a dishwasher, cleaning, gardening, or lifting a child.
    • Rotations: Aid in movements like putting on a seat belt, reaching for items on a shelf, or getting in and out of a car, while also improving balance.

    A significant advantage of functional training is its accessibility and adaptability. It often requires little to no equipment, making it feasible for nearly anyone to perform at home. Exercises like squats, lunges, push-ups, and planks can be easily performed using bodyweight or common household items. These movements can also be adapted for different ability levels, from incline push-ups and goblet squats for beginners to single-leg Romanian deadlifts and kettlebell swings for more advanced practitioners.

    For optimal benefits and long-term gains, consistency and variety are crucial. It is suggested to perform functional exercises three to four times a week, incorporating different movements like planks, box step-ups, or agility drills to enhance coordination and keep workouts engaging. Focusing on proper form is also paramount to prevent injuries and ensure effective muscle targeting.

    C. Eco-Conscious Fitness Choices

    The burgeoning demand for eco-conscious fitness products and environments clearly demonstrates a market-driven trend towards integrating environmental values into personal health decisions. This signals a broader cultural shift where sustainability is becoming not just a desirable feature but a “member expectation and an operational imperative” for the fitness industry.

    The production and consumption of sustainable activewear and gear are gaining prominence. Traditional activewear, often made from synthetic fibers like polyester and nylon, is derived from petroleum and releases microplastics into waterways during washing, contributing to pollution. Sustainable alternatives prioritize eco-friendly materials such as recycled fabrics (e.g., from plastic bottles or discarded fishing nets), natural fibers (like organic cotton, hemp, and bamboo), and bio-based materials (e.g., sugarcane, algae, or cork for footwear). Some companies even offer shoe repair programs to extend product life, promoting a circular economy and reducing waste. The use of reusable accessories, such as stainless steel water bottles, cork and natural rubber yoga mats, and resistance bands or weights made from recycled materials, further minimizes environmental impact.

    Sustainable workout environments are also emerging as a conscious choice. Traditional gyms are often energy-intensive, consuming significant resources for lighting, air conditioning, and electronic equipment. In contrast, green gyms prioritize eco-conscious operations by incorporating energy-efficient equipment (some even energy-generating, converting user effort into electricity), solar power, sustainable building materials, natural lighting, and efficient HVAC systems. Exercising outdoors further reduces energy consumption and reliance on traditional power sources.

    Furthermore, smarter waste management practices are gaining momentum within the fitness industry. This includes eliminating single-use plastics, introducing composting stations for smoothie bar leftovers, and educating members on the importance of refilling water bottles and properly recycling gear.

    Conscious consumption in fitness extends to individual purchasing habits. This involves investing in durable, high-quality products that last longer, adhering to a “Buy Less, But Better” philosophy, and utilizing second-hand equipment. Cleaning fitness gear with sustainable, biodegradable products rather than chemical-laden wipes is also encouraged. Ultimately, supporting brands and initiatives that prioritize sustainability in their practices is crucial for fostering a greener fitness future. The increasing consumer awareness and demand for these sustainable options are driving industry change, creating a positive feedback loop where more individuals adopting sustainable wellness habits will lead to wider availability and affordability of such choices.

    III. Nurturing Sustainable Nutrition Habits

    Sustainable nutrition moves beyond restrictive diets to embrace mindful eating and eco-conscious food choices, fostering long-term health for individuals and the planet.

    A. Mindful Eating and Balanced Diets

    Mindful eating is a foundational practice for sustainable nutrition, involving being fully present and non-judgmental while consuming meals and snacks. This practice encourages individuals to tune into their hunger and fullness cues, savoring the sight, taste, and smell of their food. By fostering a deeper connection with food and body, mindful eating helps reduce tendencies like binge eating and emotional eating, and importantly, minimizes food waste by promoting eating according to true needs rather than external cues. This approach acts as a behavioral cornerstone, naturally leading to more sustainable and balanced eating patterns, making it a key habit for long-term well-being.

    Adhering to balanced diet principles is crucial for optimal health. This means prioritizing whole, nutrient-dense foods such as a wide variety of colorful fruits and vegetables, lean proteins, and whole grains. Conversely, it is important to limit the consumption of sugary drinks, highly processed meats (which can contain harmful additives), fried foods, and excessive alcohol. Incorporating fermented foods and healthy plant-based fats, like those found in olive or canola oil, is also beneficial.

    Hydration is a critical, yet often overlooked, component of a healthy diet. Water plays a vital role in nearly every bodily function, from digestion to temperature regulation. Aiming for at least eight cups of water per day, adjusted for activity level and climate, is recommended. Infusing water with fruits or herbs can make hydration more enjoyable.

    Meal planning and preparation serve as valuable tools for ensuring a consistent intake of nutrient-dense foods. Prepping meals in advance not only saves time but also promotes consistency in making healthy food choices, reducing the likelihood of resorting to less healthy, convenient options. Simple actions like chopping vegetables immediately after grocery shopping can make healthy additions to meals quick and easy.

    B. Eco-Friendly Food Choices: Local, Seasonal, Plant-Based

    Dietary choices offer one of the most direct and impactful avenues for integrating personal health with environmental stewardship. Every meal can be an act of sustainable wellness, embodying the principle that actions good for an individual can also be good for the Earth.

    A plant-based focus is a significant component of eco-friendly food choices. Reducing meat and dairy consumption can significantly lower one’s carbon footprint and greenhouse gas emissions. Plant-based meals, rich in nuts, legumes, fruits, and vegetables, are not only nutritious but also support more sustainable food systems. Even incorporating “meatless Mondays” or gradually increasing plant-based meals can contribute to a positive environmental impact.

    Prioritizing local and seasonal produce is another key strategy. Sourcing food locally reduces transportation emissions, supports regional farmers, and often provides fresher, more nutritious meals. Eating seasonally ensures that foods are grown in their natural climate, further reducing the carbon footprint associated with distant shipping and energy-intensive cultivation.

    Minimizing food waste is essential for sustainable nutrition, given that approximately one-third of all food produced globally is wasted. Careful meal planning, proper food storage, creative use of leftovers, and composting food scraps are all crucial practices to reduce this significant environmental issue.

    Finally, conscious sourcing extends to the types of products purchased. Choosing organic foods and supplements, which are produced with fewer chemicals and pesticides, reduces the environmental chemicals ingested by the body. Supporting brands that use eco-friendly packaging, or opting for package-free alternatives when available, further contributes to waste reduction. This holistic approach to food consumption demonstrates how sustainable nutrition is a powerful lever for dual impact, offering both personal health benefits and environmental protection.

    C. Long-Term Healthy Choices vs. Restrictive Plans

    The long-term success of wellness habits fundamentally hinges on their sustainability, which is often at odds with the short-term, often restrictive, nature of many popular “diets.” This necessitates a mindset shift from seeking quick fixes to embracing gradual, enjoyable, and integrated lifestyle changes.

    A truly sustainable lifestyle is not about deprivation or sacrifice; rather, it aims to create a life that feels fulfilling and enriching across all dimensions of well-being. Achieving true well-being is more effectively accomplished through a slow and steady program that is simpler to maintain over time.

    In contrast, restrictive diets, such as very low-calorie diets (VLCDs) or highly specialized plans, while sometimes leading to rapid short-term weight loss, are generally not sustainable in the long run. These plans may fail to provide adequate nutrients and are often difficult to adhere to over extended periods, frequently leading to individuals giving up and reverting to old, less healthy habits. The psychological and physiological demands of such restrictive approaches can lead to feelings of deprivation and hunger, making long-term adherence improbable.

    Instead, sustainable nutrition is about fostering small, consistent changes that build balance and consistency over time, rather than adhering to rigid, temporary rules. Incremental adjustments, such as adding just one extra serving of vegetables to a meal or incorporating a 15-20 minute walk into the day, can build significant momentum and lead to meaningful impacts over time.

    A sustainable nutrition plan is also likeable and varied. It includes foods from all major food groups, allows for occasional treats, and features foods that an individual genuinely enjoys eating for life. Variety in diet is crucial for ensuring the body receives a diverse range of nutrients and helps prevent nutritional gaps. This approach recognizes that for a habit to last, it must be enjoyable and integrated into one’s existing lifestyle, rather than feeling like a temporary burden. This highlights that psychological and physiological sustainability, encompassing enjoyment and flexibility, is paramount for long-term adherence, making it a critical factor in habit formation.

    IV. Cultivating Mental and Emotional Well-being

    Beyond physical activity and nutrition, mental and emotional well-being are foundational pillars of sustainable wellness, requiring dedicated attention and consistent practice.

    A. Mindfulness Practices for Daily Wellness

    Mindfulness is a powerful practice that cultivates greater awareness of consumption habits and their impacts, thereby enabling more conscious decision-making across all aspects of life. It functions as a meta-habit, enhancing self-awareness and intentionality across all dimensions of wellness. It serves as the underlying “operating system” that empowers individuals to make conscious choices aligned with sustainable living, rather than simply falling into automatic, potentially unhealthy patterns. This holistic integration reduces stress, improves emotional regulation, enhances thinking clarity, and fosters a profound sense of calmness and focus.

    Several specific practices can integrate mindfulness into daily routines:

    • Mindful Wakeup: Beginning the day with a brief, intentional routine before distractions arise. This involves taking deep, nourishing breaths and setting a clear intention for the day, such as being kind, patient, or grounded.
    • Mindful Eating: Transforming meals into a richer experience by pausing to breathe before eating, tuning into hunger and fullness cues, and savoring each bite’s sight, taste, and smell. This practice helps individuals enjoy food more fully and respond to their body’s true needs.
    • Mindful Pause: Recognizing that many daily actions run on autopilot and intentionally pausing throughout the day. This allows for a shift from the “fast brain” (automatic responses) to the “slow brain” (deliberate decision-making), effectively rewiring behavior over time.
    • Mindful Workout: Bringing a clear purpose and focused attention to physical activity, whether exercising, dancing, or gardening. This involves warming up, settling into a rhythm by coordinating breath with movement, challenging oneself, cooling down, and resting while noticing bodily sensations. This transforms exercise into a method for centering the mind, not just improving physical fitness.
    • Mindful Breathing: Practicing deep diaphragmatic breathing throughout the day, even when not formally meditating, fosters calmness and focus.
    • Appreciating Nature: Engaging all five senses during outdoor walks, taking in the sights, smells, and sounds of the natural world. This deepens connection with nature, which has proven benefits for mental health.

    Various tools and support can aid mindfulness practice, including numerous free mindfulness applications available on smartphones or tablets, such as Insight Timer, Calm, and Headspace.

    B. Effective Stress Management Techniques

    Chronic stress can have severe consequences for both mental and physical health, leading to issues such as heart disease, weakened immunity, high blood pressure, and an increased risk of anxiety and depression. Environmental stressors, whether natural events or chronic conditions, can induce latent neuroses or exacerbate existing ones, making effective stress management an integrated process that requires attention across multiple wellness dimensions. It is not about eliminating stress entirely but about building resilience through consistent, holistic lifestyle choices, reinforcing the interdependence of wellness dimensions.

    Several key techniques contribute to effective stress management:

    • Physical Activity: Engaging in regular physical activity is one of the most effective ways to manage stress. Exercise boosts endorphins, which improve mood and reduce feelings of tension, anxiety, and anger. It also reduces stress hormones like adrenaline and cortisol. Activities like yoga or brisk walking are particularly beneficial.
    • Prioritize Sleep: Establishing a consistent sleep routine is crucial for restoring energy and reducing stress. Aiming for 7-9 hours of quality sleep nightly helps regulate mood, sharpen judgment and concentration skills, and improve the ability to cope with stress.
    • Connect with Loved Ones: Strong social interactions provide essential emotional support, reduce feelings of isolation, and contribute positively to cardiovascular and mental health.
    • Unplug from Screens: Reducing digital exposure, especially before bedtime, can significantly lower stress levels and improve sleep quality.
    • Balanced Diet: A diet rich in whole foods, lean proteins, and omega-3 fatty acids can help stabilize mood and energy levels. Conversely, reducing the intake of caffeine, alcohol, and processed foods can improve stress resilience.
    • Relaxation Techniques: Making dedicated time for relaxation through practices like visualization, walking meditations, or simply taking short breaks from work can slow heart rate, reduce blood pressure, and promote more positive thinking and effective decision-making in stressful situations.

    For individuals experiencing overwhelming stress, persistent fatigue, or disproportionate anxiety, seeking professional support from a qualified counselor or therapist can be highly beneficial.

    C. Fostering Positive Self-Talk and Resilience

    Internal dialogue significantly impacts an individual’s ability to initiate and sustain wellness habits. Fostering positive self-talk and self-compassion builds mental resilience, which is critical for navigating setbacks and maintaining motivation throughout a long-term wellness journey.

    Cultivating positive self-talk involves becoming acutely aware of negative thought patterns through mindfulness. Once identified, these thoughts can be challenged and reframed in a more positive or neutral light. For example, instead of thinking, “I always mess up,” one can reframe it as, “I made a mistake, but I can learn and improve”. Shifting focus from dwelling on problems or setbacks to identifying potential solutions or learning opportunities fosters a problem-solving mindset, which is a crucial component of positive self-talk.

    Self-compassion is an essential practice, encouraging individuals to treat themselves with the same kindness, understanding, and forgiveness they would offer a dear friend. This involves acknowledging struggles without judgment and recognizing that everyone makes mistakes and faces challenges as a part of being human, fostering a sense of common humanity.

    Regularly using affirmations and practicing gratitude can powerfully reinforce positive self-beliefs and improve overall attitude. Repeating positive statements like, “I am capable,” “I am resilient,” or “I am worthy” can help rewire thought patterns. Practicing gratitude, whether through journaling or a mental checklist of things to be thankful for, can improve one’s attitude, lead to improved self-talk, and bring one back to the present moment, which is associated with better mood, better sleep, and less fatigue.

    Furthermore, limiting exposure to negativity is vital. This includes reducing time spent “doomscrolling” on social media, minimizing interactions with toxic individuals, and actively surrounding oneself with more positive influences. This recognition that the internal environment (mindset) is as crucial as the external environment for habit formation and sustainability underscores the holistic nature of wellness.

    V. The Science of Habit Formation for Lasting Change

    Understanding the underlying mechanisms of habit formation is crucial for cultivating sustainable wellness behaviors. Behavioral science offers powerful frameworks to design routines that stick, moving beyond reliance on inconsistent willpower.

    A. Psychological Principles of Habit Formation

    At the core of every habitual behavior lies a simple, yet powerful, neurological loop consisting of three main components: the cue, the routine (or response), and the reward. This loop is fundamental for forming new habits and maintaining consistency in actions.

    • The cue is the element that triggers the brain to notice an opportunity for a reward or pleasure. It can be a smell, a sound, an event, an interaction, or anything that prompts a desire.
    • The craving is the emotional relevance or desire attached to that cue. When the cue is noticed, the brain anticipates a change in physical or emotional state, and this anticipation fuels the craving, prompting action.
    • The response is the actual behavior or habit performed to satisfy the craving.
    • The reward is the satisfaction gained from the action taken, which successfully satisfies the craving and changes the physical or emotional state. This process builds a neural pathway from the cue to this state of pleasure, reinforcing the habit so that the brain is triggered to desire that pleasure again whenever the same cue appears. If any stage of this loop fails, the habit will not be formed or sustained.

    Consistency cues are subtle signals that prompt the repetition of a particular action until it becomes automatic. These cues are deeply personal and require introspection and mindfulness to identify. Understanding the habit loop allows for the intentional engineering of daily routines to make sustainable wellness behaviors automatic and effortless.

    • Environmental Triggers: The physical spaces we inhabit can be laden with cues. For example, a clean, organized desk might invite focused work, while running shoes placed by the bed can serve as a visual nudge for morning exercise. Altering one’s environment to align with desired habits is a potent strategy.
    • Emotional Signals: Emotions often serve as cues. A feeling of stress might trigger a desire for deep breathing exercises, while joy could prompt sharing news with a friend. Recognizing these emotional cues allows for the creation of healthier response patterns.
    • Social Influences: The company we keep can act as a powerful cue. Seeing a friend don workout attire may encourage exercise, and joining a study group can instigate consistent learning. Surrounding oneself with individuals who embody desired habits provides a constant, living prompt.
    • Temporal Cues: Time-based cues are incredibly common. The end of a workday might signal the time for a run, or an early morning alarm can be a cue for meditation. Attaching habits to specific times makes them more automatic.
    • Sequential Cues: These cues follow an established pattern or routine. For instance, after brushing teeth, one might automatically reach for floss, creating a natural flow from one habit to the next.
    • Digital Notifications: Technology can be leveraged by setting reminders that prompt a desired action at a specific time.

    The human brain is wired to recognize patterns, and this predictability is key to habit formation. When a routine is established, the brain begins to anticipate subsequent actions, easing cognitive load and allowing behaviors to become more automatic. This means that habit formation is less about sheer willpower and more about the strategic design of cues and environments. By designing these cues and rewards, one can bypass the need for constant motivation, which is often unreliable, shifting the focus from “trying harder” to “designing smarter” for long-term change.

    B. Applying BJ Fogg’s Tiny Habits Method

    The Tiny Habits method, developed by Dr. BJ Fogg, provides a powerful antidote to the common pitfall of over-reliance on motivation for behavior change. It emphasizes that significant differences in life come from making very small, achievable changes in habits. This approach is designed to be easier, surprisingly fun, and highly effective for real-world success.

    The core of Fogg’s approach is the Fogg Behavior Model (B=MAP), which states that all behaviors occur when three elements converge at the same moment: Motivation, Ability, and a Prompt.

    • Motivation refers to how much a person wants something to happen. However, Fogg argues that motivation is an unreliable resource for sustained change, as it fluctuates and often wanes. This is a critical understanding for anyone who has struggled with habit formation, as it shifts the focus away from self-blame for lack of willpower.
    • Ability refers to how easy it is to perform the behavior. The easier a habit is to do, the higher the chances that it will be adopted and maintained. This principle suggests simplifying habits to their smallest possible form to reduce the barrier to entry.
    • The Prompt is the environmental cue that sets the process in motion, reminding an individual to perform the desired action.

    Fogg’s practical technique is encapsulated in the ABC Technique: Anchor, Behavior, Celebration.

    • The Anchor is an existing routine or a consistent event that conveniently prompts the new, desired behavior at the right time and place. For example, instead of choosing “waking up” as a vague reminder, a more tightly focused anchor might be “when my feet hit the floor in the morning”. This leverages established routines to trigger new actions.
    • The Behavior is a very small, easy change that supports the desired outcome. Instead of resolving to do 20 pushups, one might resolve to do just two; instead of promising to drink eight glasses of water, one might decide to drink just an extra sip. This prioritization of “ability” (making habits incredibly easy) creates a robust system for habit formation that is resilient to fluctuations in willpower.
    • The Celebration is a small, immediate reward performed immediately after the new behavior. This could be a simple smile, a fist pump, or saying “Awesome!”. The goal of celebration is to create “Shine,” a feeling of success and positive emotion that helps to “wire in” the new habit by providing instant gratification, which is crucial for behaviors that have delayed natural rewards.

    The method also identifies Golden Behaviors as those high-impact actions that are also easy to do, representing the most promising areas for habit change. By prioritizing these, individuals can achieve significant results with minimal effort.

    C. Leveraging James Clear’s Atomic Habits Principles

    James Clear’s “Atomic Habits” provides a comprehensive, actionable framework for designing each stage of habit formation for optimal results. His approach is built upon four fundamental laws: Make It Obvious, Make It Attractive, Make It Easy, and Make It Satisfying. This systematic approach allows individuals to proactively design their environment and routines for sustainable wellness, rather than relying on inconsistent motivation.

    1. Make It Obvious (Cue): This law focuses on creating clear cues and signals in one’s environment to prompt the desired behavior. Since many habits are automatic, the first step is to become aware of the cues that trigger them. A “habit scorecard” can help identify these triggers.
    • Implementation Intention: This strategy involves planning a new behavior by assigning a specific time and place for its execution. For example, stating, “At 12:30 pm, I will walk around the block for 20 minutes to exercise,” makes the cue explicit.
    • Habit Stacking: This technique links a new behavior to a current, established one. The formula “After I do X [current habit], I will do Y [new habit]” allows the reward of the current habit to become the new cue, seamlessly integrating the new behavior into an existing routine.
    • Environmental Design: Arranging physical spaces to prioritize the desired habit and minimize distractions is powerful. Examples include placing workout clothes by the bed to encourage morning exercise, keeping fresh fruit visible on the kitchen counter for healthy snacking, or creating a dedicated, distraction-free workspace.
    1. Make It Attractive (Craving): This law involves associating the habit with positive emotions, rewards, or outcomes to increase motivation and engagement, leveraging the psychological drive for pleasure and satisfaction. Cravings involve the anticipation of pleasure, and heightening the promise of rewards can strengthen these desires.
    • Temptation Bundling: This strategy pairs a less enjoyable task with a more enjoyable activity. For instance, listening to an audiobook only while exercising makes the workout more enticing.
    • Gamification: Turning habits into a game by setting challenges, earning points, or competing with friends can make them more engaging, as seen in fitness tracking apps or language learning programs.
    • Redefining Behaviors: Changing one’s perspective from “having to” perform an activity to “getting to” do it can highlight positive elements and foster gratitude, motivating continued participation. Connecting the habit to personal values or long-term goals also enhances its attractiveness.
    1. Make It Easy (Response): This principle focuses on reducing friction and barriers to adoption, making the habit as effortless as possible to perform. It acknowledges that individuals are more likely to engage in behaviors requiring minimal effort.
    • Reducing Friction: This involves removing obstacles between the individual and the desired behavior. For example, if aiming for a healthier breakfast, setting out all necessary items the night before reduces effort in the morning.
    • Two-Minute Rule: Breaking down behaviors into tiny, two-minute increments makes them easier to start. Instead of planning a 20-minute jog, the focus shifts to small steps like laying out running clothes, putting them on, and stepping outside. This emphasizes consistency over intensity to build momentum.
    • Automation: Streamlining habit execution by automating repetitive tasks or utilizing technology, such as setting reminders or scheduling recurring activities, simplifies the process.
    1. Make It Satisfying (Reward): For habits to form and persist, the rewards need to be satisfying. Since many good behaviors have delayed rewards, it is important to create instantly satisfying reinforcements.
    • Instant Gratification: Making the end of a behavior immediately rewarding can significantly increase its likelihood of repetition. For example, after completing a task, giving oneself a small, enjoyable reward.
    • Habit Tracking: Creating visual representations of progress, such as marking a calendar or keeping a journal, provides immediate feedback and a sense of accomplishment. Seeing progress visually motivates continued action, and the act of tracking itself can be rewarding. Celebrating small victories, no matter how minor, boosts confidence and reinforces the habit.

    To break bad habits, these four laws can be inverted: make the cue invisible, the craving unattractive, the response difficult, and the reward unsatisfying. Clear’s principles collectively form a robust “habit engineering” toolkit, empowering individuals to proactively design their environment and routines for sustainable wellness, rather than relying on inconsistent motivation.

    VI. Overcoming Barriers and Sustaining Wellness Habits

    Cultivating sustainable wellness habits is a dynamic process, often encountering various obstacles. Understanding these common barriers and employing practical strategies, alongside robust community support, is essential for long-term success.

    A. Common Obstacles to Cultivating Sustainable Wellness

    Many barriers to sustainable wellness are interconnected, forming complex challenges that cannot be addressed by willpower alone. This implies that effective strategies must be holistic, addressing not just individual behaviors but also environmental, social, and psychological factors.

    • Lack of Time: Busy schedules and multiple commitments frequently make it challenging to prioritize wellness activities. This often leads to reliance on quick, often unhealthy, meals and skipping workouts, negatively impacting both physical and mental health over time.
    • Stress and Burnout: High levels of chronic stress significantly hinder overall well-being and make it difficult to focus on self-care. Individuals constantly feeling overwhelmed and burnt out may neglect their wellness needs, creating a challenging cycle.
    • Limited Resources: Financial constraints or a lack of access to healthy food options, fitness facilities, or mental health support pose significant challenges to physical, emotional, and intellectual wellness. This is particularly evident in areas with limited access to affordable, fresh produce, forcing reliance on cheaper, less nutritious processed options.
    • Lack of Awareness or Education: A limited understanding of the importance of holistic wellness and its impact on overall well-being can hinder prioritization. Furthermore, insufficient knowledge about specific wellness practices or strategies, or exposure to misinformation from unverified sources, can lead to confusion, ineffective approaches, or reliance on unsustainable trends.
    • Negative Habits and Behaviors: Unhealthy ingrained habits, such as poor nutrition, a sedentary lifestyle, excessive screen time, or substance abuse, significantly hinder progress toward stronger wellness. Negative thought patterns, self-limiting beliefs, or destructive behaviors also negatively affect emotional, spiritual, and social well-being. Cultural and habitual influences can normalize these unhealthy patterns, making them difficult to break.
    • Lack of Support: Limited social support or a non-nurturing environment can make it challenging to sustain positive changes and maintain motivation. Unsolicited criticism or a lack of understanding from family, friends, or colleagues can create significant barriers to pursuing wellness goals.
    • Unrealistic Expectations: Setting overly ambitious goals or comparing oneself to others’ progress can lead to frustration and discouragement. This often results in a sense of defeat, making it harder to take the first step or to persist when immediate results are not visible.
    • Resistance to Change: Individuals may resist making changes to their habits or lifestyle, even when recognizing the benefits of stronger wellness. Fear of the unknown or discomfort with change can impede progress and maintain the status quo.

    These barriers are often intertwined; for instance, “lack of time” might be exacerbated by “stress and burnout,” leading to “negative habits” and “lack of motivation.” This complex interplay means that effective solutions must be multi-faceted and integrated, reinforcing the holistic nature of sustainable wellness.

    B. Practical Strategies for Maintaining Healthy Habits

    Sustaining wellness habits requires a dynamic interplay of self-awareness, strategic environmental modification, strong social support, and a resilient, patient mindset. It is an ongoing process of adaptation and refinement, not a one-time achievement. The practical solutions are designed to build resilience against the very obstacles that typically derail wellness efforts, creating a self-reinforcing system.

    • Self-Awareness and Planning: The first step is to know one’s habits, identify unhealthy patterns, and recognize their triggers. Making a plan with small, reasonable, and specific goals is crucial. Reflecting on daily habits—such as diet, exercise, and sleep—can reveal opportunities for growth, and viewing these reflections through a lens of curiosity rather than judgment fosters long-term change.
    • Environmental Design: Modifying one’s surroundings to make healthier choices the easier choices is highly effective. This involves removing temptations, stocking healthy foods prominently, and creating a designated, special place to relax or engage in a desired habit.
    • Seek Support: Involving friends, family, co-workers, or joining groups for support, encouragement, and accountability significantly enhances the wellness journey. Connecting with others who share similar health goals can provide motivation, shared knowledge, and a sense of community, which is key to breaking through isolation and ensuring lasting wellness.
    • Engage in Enjoyable Activities: Filling one’s time with healthy activities that are genuinely enjoyed, whether it’s a specific exercise, a favorite hobby, or spending quality time with loved ones, increases adherence and makes the process more sustainable.
    • Track Progress and Celebrate: Keeping a record of progress, whether through a journal, a computer program, or a mobile application, helps individuals stay focused and identify slip-ups as learning opportunities. Tracking progress visually, such as marking a calendar, allows one to see the cumulative impact of adherence. It is important to reward oneself with healthy rewards for achieving small goals or milestones, and to celebrate small victories to boost confidence and reinforce the habit.
    • Patience and Flexibility: Recognizing that improvement takes time and that setbacks are a normal part of the process is crucial. Focusing on progress rather than perfection fosters a more resilient mindset. Being patient with oneself and allowing flexibility in routines ensures that the wellness journey can evolve with life circumstances, preventing discouragement.
    • Mindset Shift: Cultivating a mindset that views reflections with curiosity, rather than judgment, fosters long-term change. Additionally, vividly imagining positive future benefits of current actions can strengthen the ability to make long-term beneficial decisions and stay on track.

    C. The Role of Community and Support Systems

    Sustainable wellness is fundamentally a collective endeavor. Community initiatives provide the essential infrastructure, social norms, and support systems that amplify individual efforts, making healthy choices easier, more attractive, and more sustainable for entire populations. This highlights the critical role of public health and community planning in fostering widespread sustainable wellness.

    The benefits of social support are profound: strong social ties improve cardiovascular and mental health, reduce feelings of isolation, build resilience, and provide crucial emotional support. Surrounding oneself with individuals who embody desired habits provides constant cues and positive social modeling, normalizing healthy behaviors.

    Community-based initiatives are vital for promoting behavior change and supporting individuals in adopting healthier lifestyles. These programs effectively take health education, information, and related services directly to community members, focusing on preventable healthcare and empowering residents to proactively manage existing conditions and prevent chronic diseases.

    Numerous examples of successful community programs demonstrate the feasibility and impact of collective action:

    • Healthy Food Access: Initiatives include providing healthy vending machines at park sites, setting up farmers’ markets on school grounds, collaborating with local food vendors to increase the availability of healthy food options, and establishing community gardens to promote access to fresh produce.
    • Physical Activity Promotion: Communities have successfully constructed paths for alternative transportation (walking, cycling), implemented outdoor fitness stations in city parks, encouraged walking or cycling to work, and organized community fitness challenges. For instance, San Antonio installed outdoor fitness stations in 28 city parks, providing a free alternative to traditional gyms and recording high use.
    • Health Education & Awareness: Programs include school lunch walking campaigns, family nights offering physical activities and healthy recipes, nutrition education classes (e.g., linking food choices to colors), and community-wide wellness challenges.
    • Addressing Specific Health Issues: Successful programs have combated obesity (e.g., Corpus Christi’s Mayor’s Fitness Council, workplace weight loss challenges), reduced smoking rates (e.g., Maine’s Partnership for a Tobacco-Free Maine, smoke-free parks), and improved cardiovascular health by increasing medication adherence and cholesterol checks.
    • Holistic Support: Community wellness centers offer a range of services, including indoor courts, classes, and mental stimulation programs like “Brains & Balance” or university-affiliated lifelong learning initiatives. Support groups, counseling, and peer groups further foster emotional stability, resilience, and continuous learning.

    Key features of successful community programs often include a focus on practical skills (such as meal planning and cooking), the use of clear and simple language with visual aids, ample opportunities for social support and community engagement, and ongoing evaluation and feedback mechanisms. These initiatives frequently involve multi-stakeholder collaboration, including local governments, non-profits, and businesses, and often benefit from strong political support. These community-level interventions make sustainable choices “obvious,” “easy,” and “attractive” for many, reinforcing individual efforts and overcoming common barriers like limited resources and lack of support.

    Table 2: Examples of Successful Community-Based Wellness Initiatives

    Initiative/Program NameLocation/CommunityKey Activities/FocusKey Outcomes/ImpactSource
    Healthy Vending MachinesMiami-Dade County, FloridaProviding nutritious snacks and beverages in park sites.Ensured park users had access to healthier food options.
    Kauai PathKauai, HawaiiConstruction of an 8.7-mile path for walking and cycling.Provided open-access, alternative transportation for residents and tourists.
    Smoke-Free ParksSeven communities (e.g., La Mirada, CA)Implementation of smoke-free and tobacco-free park policies.Impacted 390,000 people; La Mirada achieved 97% non-smoking food establishments after similar efforts.
    Mayor’s Fitness CouncilCorpus Christi, TexasCity-wide initiative to promote healthier lifestyles, including outdoor fitness stations.Combated high rates of chronic disease and obesity; high use of fitness equipment recorded.
    CHARM School(Community-based program)Classes on healthy cooking, physical activity for youth.Changes in self-reported consumption of fruits, vegetables, and fast food; decreased TV watching among 81 participating youth.
    REACH for WellnessAtlanta Renewal CommunityFree, community-based services: nutrition education, physical activity programs.Decreased smoking rates among African American adults (25.8% to 20.8%); increased blood cholesterol checks and medication adherence.
    Partnership for a Tobacco-Free MaineMaineComprehensive tobacco prevention program.Reduced youth smoking rates from among the highest to among the lowest in the country.
    HealthTrails ChallengeUNG Community (University of North Georgia)Encouraged regular physical activity, often walking challenges.Participants increased steps (e.g., 600+ miles in 3 months); reduced stress, increased energy, improved health markers (e.g., off medications).
    Community GardensLow-income neighborhoods (example)Establishing community gardens to promote access to fresh produce.Increased availability of healthy food options and nutrition education.
    School-based Health CenterValencia County (plan)Plan for a health center to serve areas with greatest needs.Aims to build healthier communities through school and community programs, addressing substance use prevention.

    Conclusion

    Cultivating sustainable wellness habits extends far “beyond the gym,” embracing a holistic, interconnected approach to health that benefits both the individual and the planet. This report has illuminated how integrating movement into daily life through functional training and outdoor activities, nurturing sustainable nutrition via mindful and eco-conscious food choices, and prioritizing mental and emotional well-being through mindfulness and stress management techniques are not merely trends but fundamental shifts towards a more fulfilling and responsible way of living.

    The science of habit formation, particularly the principles derived from BJ Fogg’s Tiny Habits and James Clear’s Atomic Habits, provides a robust framework for making these sustainable choices automatic and lasting. By focusing on small, achievable steps, strategically designing supportive environments, leveraging cues, and celebrating progress, individuals can effectively overcome common barriers such as lack of time, motivation, and resources. The comprehensive nature of these behavioral science models allows for a systematic approach to embedding wellness into daily routines, making healthy behaviors the default rather than a constant struggle against willpower.

    Crucially, the role of community and support systems cannot be overstated. Collective initiatives amplify individual efforts, creating environments where sustainable wellness is not just a personal aspiration but a shared reality. Community-based programs, from promoting healthy food access to encouraging physical activity and providing holistic support, demonstrate how societal structures can be leveraged to make healthy choices easier, more attractive, and more widely adopted. These interventions foster a positive feedback loop, reinforcing individual commitment and building a culture of well-being.

    Ultimately, sustainable wellness is an ongoing journey of intentional choices, continuous learning, and active participation in creating a healthier, more equitable world for current and future generations. It is a powerful call to action for individuals to embed well-being into the fabric of their daily lives, recognizing that every small, conscious step contributes to a significant positive impact on both personal flourishing and planetary health.

    Works cited

    1. Sustainable Lifestyle Wellness → Term, https://lifestyle.sustainability-directory.com/term/sustainable-lifestyle-wellness/ 2. Promoting Sustainable Wellbeing: Integrating Positive Psychology and Environmental Sustainability in Education – PMC – PubMed Central, https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7579264/ 3. How to Make a Sustainable Health & Wellness Routine – cbdMD, https://www.cbdmd.com/blogs/posts/sustainable-health-wellness-routine 4. Dimensions of wellness: Change your habits, change your life – PMC, https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5508938/ 5. 10 Dimensions Of Wellness | Centre College, https://www.centre.edu/about/offices/health-promotion/10-dimensions-wellness 6. Environmental factors and mental health | EBSCO Research Starters, https://www.ebsco.com/research-starters/environmental-sciences/environmental-factors-and-mental-health 7. Sustainable Fitness Practices: A Greener Path to Health and …, https://fitness.edu.au/the-fitness-zone/sustainable-fitness-practices-a-greener-path-to-health-and-wellness/ 8. 18 Sustainable Wellness Habits to Incorporate into Your Routine – Arootah, https://arootah.com/blog/health-and-wellbeing/wellness/sustainable-wellness-habits/ 9. New Research Studies Show Active Commuting Benefits Health and …, https://www.cyclingwest.com/advocacy/new-research-studies-show-active-commuting-benefits-health-and-the-environment/#:~:text=The%20study%20authors%20conclude%20that,fitness%20and%20improved%20muscular%20strength. 10. Principles of Healthy, Sustainable Menus, https://www.menusofchange.org/principles-of-healthy-sustainable-menus 11. Sustainable Wellness: Embracing a Healthier You and a Healthier Planet – BioStack Labs, https://biostacklabs.com/blogs/articles/sustainable-wellness-embracing-a-healthier-you-and-a-healthier-planet 12. Free ways to exercise and build movement into your day – Nuffield Health, https://www.nuffieldhealth.com/article/free-ways-to-exercise-and-build-movement-daily 13. 8 Outdoor Workout Ideas for a Fun, Effective Fitness Routine – Toe River Health District, https://toeriverhealth.org/8-outdoor-workout-ideas-for-a-fun-and-effective-fitness-routine/ 14. Embrace the Outdoors: Your Guide to Outdoor Workouts and Fitness Parks – Planet Fitness, https://www.planetfitness.com/blog/articles/best-outdoor-workouts 15. 10 Easy Ways to Incorporate Exercise into Your Daily Routine – Lofts at Yard 56, https://www.yard56lofts.com/blog/10-easy-ways-to-incorporate-exercise-into-your-daily-routine/ 16. Functional Training for Everyday Living – MIBlueDaily, https://www.bcbsm.mibluedaily.com/stories/health-and-wellness/functional-training-for-everyday-living 17. Sustainability Fitness Trends & Insights – Life Fitness, https://www.lifefitness.com/en-us/customer-support/education-hub/blog/sustainability-trends-insights 18. How to incorporate functional training into daily routines | Blog, https://www.stjamesrehab.com/blog/how-to-incorporate-functional-training-into-daily-routines 19. 5 Simple Mindfulness Practices for Daily Life, https://www.mindful.org/take-a-mindful-moment-5-simple-practices-for-daily-life/ 20. Start the new year with sustainable nutrition habits – The Whole U – University of Washington, https://thewholeu.uw.edu/2025/01/22/start-the-new-year-with-sustainable-nutrition-habits/ 21. How to Practice Mindfulness to Improve Your Well-Being, https://health.clevelandclinic.org/practice-mindfulness-to-improve-your-well-being-11-tips 22. 20 Top Healthy Eating Habits, According to a Dietitian – EatingWell, https://www.eatingwell.com/article/7938737/top-healthy-eating-habits-according-to-a-dietitian/ 23. A Holistic Approach to Well-Being with Restorative Health. – Think Whole Person Healthcare, https://thinkhealthcare.org/a-holistic-approach-to-well-being-with-restorative-health/ 24. Manage Your Stress – Extension Wellness – Montana State University, https://www.montana.edu/extension/wellness/stress-management/mt_farm_stress_clearing_house/manage_your_stress.html 25. Weight loss: Choosing a diet that’s right for you – Mayo Clinic, https://www.mayoclinic.org/healthy-lifestyle/weight-loss/in-depth/weight-loss/art-20048466 26. The Role of Dietary Lifestyle Modification in Chronic Disease Prevention and Management – StatPearls – NCBI, https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK587401/ 27. The Four (4) Principles of Atomic Habits: Unlocking Your Potential …, https://medium.com/@christianray.drapete/fourfour-printhe-four-4-principles-of-atomic-habits-unlocking-your-potential-7ebb65a733b0 28. Understanding The Barriers To A Healthy Lifestyle – WorldHealth.net, https://worldhealth.net/news/understanding-barriers-to-a-healthy-lifestyle/ 29. Tiny Habits Summary of Key Ideas and Review | BJ Fogg – Blinkist, https://www.blinkist.com/en/books/tiny-habits-en 30. Understanding the Long-term Benefits of Holistic Care – Family Seasons, https://www.family-seasons.com/understanding-the-long-term-benefits-of-holistic-care 31. Effective Stress Management Techniques to Improve Well-Being, https://monadnockcommunityhospital.com/stress-management-techniques-that-work/ 32. How to Practice Positive Self-Talk | Steve Rose, PhD, https://steverosephd.com/how-to-practice-positive-self-talk/ 33. 10 Ways to Practice Positive Self-Talk – Delaware Psychological Services, https://www.delawarepsychologicalservices.com/post/10-ways-to-practice-positive-self-talk 34. Habit Formation: Consistency Cues: Leveraging Consistency Cues for Better Habit Formation – FasterCapital, https://fastercapital.com/content/Habit-Formation–Consistency-Cues—Leveraging-Consistency-Cues-for-Better-Habit-Formation.html 35. Atomic Habits: 4 Laws of Habit Formation | Shortform Books, https://www.shortform.com/blog/atomic-habits-4-laws/ 36. Habit Formation: Consistency Cues: The Importance of Consistency Cues in Habit Formation – FasterCapital, https://fastercapital.com/content/Habit-Formation–Consistency-Cues–The-Importance-of-Consistency-Cues-in-Habit-Formation.html 37. Tiny Habits: BJ Fogg, https://tinyhabits.com/ 38. Tiny Habits Summary and Study Guide – SuperSummary, https://www.supersummary.com/tiny-habits/summary/ 39. Common Obstacles To Achieving Stronger Wellness – RBNC | Build …, https://rbnc.global/common-obstacles-to-achieving-stronger-wellness 40. Creating Healthy Habits | NIH News in Health, https://newsinhealth.nih.gov/2018/03/creating-healthy-habits 41. Combating Obesity with Public Health Nutrition – Number Analytics, https://www.numberanalytics.com/blog/combating-obesity-public-health-nutrition 42. How To Deal With Wellness Challenges and Overcome Them, https://ewintegrative.com/blog/how-to-deal-with-wellness-challenges-and-overcome-them 43. The Importance of Community in Holistic Recovery at St. James Rehab | Blog, https://www.stjamesrehab.com/blog/the-importance-of-community-in-holistic-recovery-at-st-james-rehab-332d1 44. Community Wellness Program | AHA – American Hospital Association, https://www.aha.org/case-studies/2009-01-11-community-wellness-program 45. Parks Build Healthy Communities: SUCCESS STORIES, https://www.nrpa.org/contentassets/f768428a39aa4035ae55b2aaff372617/healthy-communities-success-stories.pdf 46. Examples of Successful Community-Based Public Health Interventions (State-by-State), https://www.tfah.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Examplesbystate1009.pdf 47. HealthTrails Success Stories – University of North Georgia, https://ung.edu/human-resources/benefits/wellness/healthtrails-success-stories.php

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Trump’s Diplomacy: Middle East Peace and Power Plays by Rohan Khanna India

    Trump’s Diplomacy: Middle East Peace and Power Plays by Rohan Khanna India

    The source provides a critical analysis of former President Trump’s diplomatic approach, asserting that his bold claims often lacked substantive results. It examines specific instances, such as Trump’s engagement with the Russia-Ukraine conflict, his threats against Hamas regarding Israeli hostages, and his actions concerning Iran’s nuclear program and the subsequent Iran-Israel tensions. The text highlights discrepancies between Trump’s public statements and leaked Pentagon reports regarding the destruction of Iranian nuclear facilities, suggesting a more nuanced reality to his claims of success. Furthermore, it touches upon Trump’s alleged efforts to broker a ceasefire in Gaza, proposing a multi-national Arab solution for the region’s governance post-Hamas, and concludes by questioning the feasibility and simplicity of such proposed solutions given the complex regional dynamics.

    Trump’s Unorthodox Diplomacy: Claims, Threats, and Contradictions

    President Trump’s diplomacy, is characterized by a blunt and outspoken communication style, often involving loud claims and threats, yet sometimes failing to achieve the desired results or having outcomes that contradict initial statements.

    Here are key aspects of Trump’s diplomacy:

    • Communication Style and Claims:
    • He is described as a “unique president who speaks blatantly on any issue, makes loud claims, but then fails to achieve the desired results”.
    • This style contrasts with the Arabic proverb “Man Katsar Kalama Katsar Khatawah” (The more talkative he is, the more his mistakes will be), which suggests that those with important responsibilities should be careful with their words.
    • Trump has used “objectionable language” against his media, accusing them of trying to “smear their achievements by adding mangoes to milk”.
    • Russia-Ukraine War:
    • Upon entering the White House, Trump claimed he would “immediately end the Russia-Ukraine war”.
    • However, the effect was reversed, and Russian President Putin “became even more lion against America and Europe” after Ukrainian President Zelensky was “humiliated by the White House blocker”.
    • Hamas and Israeli Hostages:
    • Trump “insulted Hamas” and threatened to “release the Israeli hostages before I take oath, or I will make Gaza a hell for you”.
    • Despite these threats, that Hamas extremists “sold the bodies of Israeli hostages with heavy receipts,” and the hostages from October 7, 2023, are still “rotting in prison”. This is presented as a contradiction to Trump’s “exaggerating his achievements in the Nobel Prize”.
    • Diplomacy with Iran:
    • Threats and Nuclear Program: Trump “threatened Iranian mullahs to surrender unconditionally or I will broadcast your doomsday”. He also claimed to have “stopped Iranian nuclear installations” by bombing them, likening it to the bombings of Nagasaki and Hiroshima that stopped a world war.
    • However, American media, citing leaked Pentagon reports, indicated that Trump’s claim of “total destruction of Iran’s nuclear program is not true”. While nuclear facilities were “definitely destroyed,” the Americans had “informed the Iranians” beforehand, allowing them to move 400 kilograms of enriched uranium to a safe place.
    • In contrast, the US Secretary of Defense supports Trump’s claim of complete destruction and held a press conference at The Hague to that effect.
    • “Friendly War” Approach: Trump is described as being “against wars anyway or believes in friendly war”.
    • He informed Iranians before attacks on Iran.
    • He then “settled matters with Iranians himself through Qatar”.
    • He gave Iran “every chance to drop as many missiles at the US military base in Doha as the Americans bombed Iranian nuclear installations,” deliberately allowing only one of fourteen “light quality” missiles to drop to prevent harm.
    • Ceasefire and De-escalation with Israel:
    • Iran ordered a formal ceasefire with Israel, advanced by Qatar.
    • When Israelis violated it, they were “rebuked,” and “seventy rear planes that were going to attack Iran” were recalled under “severe pressure on Netanyahu”.
    • Trump prevented attacks on Iranian oil refineries and the killing of Supreme Leader Khamenei, despite knowing his secret location.
    • He “openly condemned Israel,” stating, “I love Iranians. I am also angry but more angry with Israelis”.
    • At The Hague, he praised Iranians as a “great nation, rich with oil wealth” and supported their right to export oil for rebuilding, indicating a willingness to “soften sanctions on Iran”.
    • He stated that the dispute was “only about nuclear weapons, we will not allow atomic bombs to be made. Also, there is no issue” for negotiations to start soon.
    • Stance on Regime Change: Trump gave a “positive” answer against regime change in Iran, stating that it “could have started violence and anarchy in Iran, so it was not necessary”.
    • Outcomes: This diplomacy is seen as having “avoided wars in each two lines at least temporarily”. Both sides felt they had won, with Iran celebrating a victory despite losses, preventing a fate like Saddam and Gaddafi.
    • Gaza Ceasefire and Future Plans (Alleged Report):
    • An international media report, citing an Israeli newspaper, suggests that President Trump and Prime Minister Netanyahu have reached an “ace in regards to ceasefire in Gaza within the next two weeks”.
    • This alleged plan involves:
    • Joint control of Gaza by four Arab countries (including UAE and Egypt) to replace Hamas.
    • Deportation of Hamas leadership while releasing all Israeli hostages.
    • Resettlement of Palestinians leaving Gaza in “some unknown countries”.
    • Establishment of diplomatic relations between Saudi Arabia, Syria, and Israel, with other Arab countries following suit.
    • US recognition of Israeli control over some parts of the West Bank.
    • Challenges to the Gaza Plan (Darwish’s perspective): Darwish views these things as “not as simple” as the report describes.
    • The question of who should control Gaza after Hamas is complex, with Arab countries often naming the Palestinian Authority under Mahmood Abbas, despite internal fights between Al-Fatih and Hamas. Israel prefers supervision by Arab countries over the Palestinian Authority.
    • The recognition of Israel by Saudi Arabia under the Abraham Accord is also complex, suggesting Saudi Arabia should involve other OIC countries.
    • Despite destruction, Hamas’s power in Gaza could not be completely eradicated, and Israeli hostages “cannot be completely freed from its custody”.
    • Trump’s current challenge is “putting Arab countries forward to solve the Gaza issue”. The timing is seen as opportune because “Hamas is not getting the help of Iran nor has Hezbollah any position”.

    Trump’s Middle East Diplomacy: A “Friendly War” Approach

    President Trump’s approach to Middle East peace is characterized by a blend of blunt communication, bold claims, and a unique “friendly war” strategy, which sometimes led to de-escalation despite initial aggressive rhetoric, though not always to the claimed outcomes.

    Here’s a discussion of Trump’s diplomacy concerning Middle East peace:

    • General Diplomatic Style and Rhetoric
    • Trump is described as a “unique president who speaks blatantly on any issue, makes loud claims,” but often “fails to achieve the desired results”. This style contrasts with the Arabic proverb “Man Katsar Kalama Katsar Khatawah” (The more talkative he is, the more his mistakes will be), which suggests careful speech for those in sensitive responsibilities. He has also used “objectionable language” against media he perceives as trying to “smear their achievements”.
    • Engagement with Iran and Israel
    • Threats and De-escalation with Iran: Trump threatened Iranian mullahs to “surrender unconditionally or I will broadcast your doomsday” and claimed to have “stopped Iranian nuclear installations” by bombing them, likening it to the bombings of Nagasaki and Hiroshima. However, American media, citing leaked Pentagon reports, indicated that Trump’s claim of “total destruction of Iran’s nuclear program is not true,” suggesting that while facilities were destroyed, Iranians were informed beforehand and moved enriched uranium to safety. In contrast, the US Secretary of Defense supported Trump’s claim of complete destruction.
    • “Friendly War” Approach: Trump is described as being “against wars anyway or believes in friendly war”. This was evidenced by him informing Iranians before attacks on Iran. He then “settled matters with Iranians himself through Qatar”. He allegedly allowed Iran to “drop as many missiles at the US military base in Doha as the Americans bombed Iranian nuclear installations,” deliberately stopping thirteen out of fourteen and ensuring the remaining one was “of light quality so that there be no harm”.
    • Ceasefire and Preventing Further Conflict with Israel: Following this, Iran ordered a formal ceasefire with Israel, advanced by Qatar. When Israelis violated it, Trump reportedly “rebuked” them, leading to the recall of “seventy rear planes that were going to attack Iran” under “severe pressure on Netanyahu”. Trump also prevented attacks on Iranian oil refineries and the killing of Supreme Leader Khamenei, despite knowing his secret location. He “openly condemned Israel,” stating, “I love Iranians. I am also angry but more angry with Israelis”. At The Hague, he praised Iranians as a “great nation, rich with oil wealth” and supported their right to export oil for rebuilding, indicating a willingness to “soften sanctions on Iran”. He clarified that the dispute was “only about nuclear weapons,” and “negotiations with Iran may start next week”.
    • Stance on Regime Change: Trump gave a “positive” answer against regime change in Iran, stating that it “could have started violence and anarchy in Iran, so it was not necessary”.
    • Outcomes: This diplomacy is seen as having “avoided wars in each two lines at least temporarily”. Both sides reportedly felt they had won, with Iran celebrating a victory despite losses, preventing a fate like Saddam and Gaddafi.
    • Engagement with Hamas and Israeli Hostages
    • Trump “insulted Hamas” and “threatened to release the Israeli hostages before I take oath, or I will make Gaza a hell for you”. However, “Hamas extremists also sold the bodies of Israeli hostages with heavy receipts, and even today these hostages of Hamas belonged to October 7, 2023 They are rotting in prison”. This is presented as a contradiction to Trump “exaggerating his achievements in the Nobel Prize”.
    • Alleged Gaza Ceasefire and Future Peace Plan
    • An international media report, citing an Israeli newspaper, suggests that President Trump and Prime Minister Netanyahu have reached an “ace in regards to ceasefire in Gaza within the next two weeks”. This report emerged amidst criticism of Iranian leadership for not agreeing to a ceasefire linked to Gaza.
    • The alleged plan includes:
    • Joint control of Gaza by four Arab countries, including the United Arab Emirates and Egypt, to replace Hamas.
    • Deportation of Hamas leadership while releasing all Israeli hostages.
    • Resettlement of Palestinians leaving Gaza in “some unknown countries”.
    • Establishment of diplomatic relations between Saudi Arabia, Syria, and Israel, with other Arab countries following suit.
    • US recognition of Israeli control over some parts of the West Bank.
    • Skepticism and Challenges to the Gaza Plan
    • Darwish views these proposed elements as “not as simple” as the alleged report describes.
    • Control of Gaza: The question of “to whom should we give control of Gaza after removing Hamas?” is complex. Arab countries often suggest the Palestinian Authority under Mahmood Abbas, despite internal conflicts between Al-Fatih and Hamas. Israel, however, prefers supervision by Arab countries over the Palestinian Authority, potentially involving Jordan and Syria with Egypt.
    • Saudi Arabia’s Recognition of Israel: The recognition of Israel by Saudi Arabia under the Abraham Accord is also seen as complex, with Darwish suggesting that Saudi Arabia should “carry OIC’s other countries along with them in this regard”.
    • Hamas’s Enduring Power: Despite destruction, “the power of Hamas in Gaza could not be completely eradicated,” and “the Israeli hostages of October 7, 2023 cannot be completely freed from its custody”.
    • Current Challenge and Opportunity: Trump’s current challenge is “putting Arab countries forward to solve the Gaza issue”. However, the timing is considered opportune because “Hamas is not getting the help of Iran nor has Hezbollah any position,” presenting “the right time to end the violence from Gaza”.

    Trump’s Unconventional Diplomacy: Iran, Israel, and De-escalation

    Iran-Israel relations, particularly during President Trump’s tenure, were characterized by a complex interplay of aggressive rhetoric, claimed military actions, diplomatic interventions, and attempts at de-escalation, with the US acting as a significant, albeit unconventional, third party.

    Here’s a discussion of Iran-Israel relations as depicted below:

    • Trump’s Rhetoric and Claims Regarding Iran’s Nuclear Program:
    • President Trump is described as a “unique president who speaks blatantly on any issue, makes loud claims”. Upon entering the White House, he threatened Iranian mullahs to “surrender unconditionally or I will broadcast your doomsday”.
    • He claimed to have “stopped Iranian nuclear installations” by bombing them, drawing a controversial comparison to the atomic bombings of Nagasaki and Hiroshima that ended a world war. He asserted that he had “stopped the war” between Iran and Israel by bombing Israel, which appears to be a misstatement in the source, likely intending to refer to actions against Iran’s nuclear facilities that he believed prevented a broader conflict.
    • However, American media, citing leaked Pentagon reports, contradicted Trump’s claim of “total destruction of Iran’s nuclear program,” stating that while facilities were destroyed, Iranians were reportedly informed beforehand by Americans and moved 400 kilograms of enriched uranium to a safe place. In contrast, the US Secretary of Defense supported Trump’s claim of complete destruction, holding a press conference to that effect. Trump reportedly used “objectionable language” against media he perceived as trying to “smear their achievements”.
    • The source also notes the historical context, mentioning that the US under President Eisenhower had previously provided nuclear technology and founded the Tehran Nuclear Research Center during the Shah’s era.
    • Trump’s “Friendly War” and De-escalation with Iran:
    • Trump is portrayed as being “against wars anyway or believes in friendly war”. This was evidenced by him informing Iranians before attacks on Iran.
    • He then “settled matters with Iranians himself through Qatar,” allowing Iran to “drop as many missiles at the US military base in Doha as the Americans bombed Iranian nuclear installations”. This was carefully managed, with thirteen out of fourteen missiles reportedly stopped and the remaining one being “of light quality so that there be no harm”.
    • Ceasefire and Preventing Further Conflict with Israel:
    • Following these US actions and mediation via Qatar, Iran ordered a formal ceasefire with Israel.
    • When Israelis violated this ceasefire, Trump reportedly “rebuked” them. This led to Israel recalling “seventy rear planes that were going to attack Iran” under “severe pressure on Netanyahu”.
    • Trump also prevented attacks on Iranian oil refineries and the killing of Supreme Leader Khamenei, even though his secret location was known.
    • Significantly, Trump “openly condemned Israel,” stating, “I love Iranians. I am also angry but more angry with Israelis”. At The Hague, he praised Iranians as a “great nation, rich with oil wealth” and supported their right to export oil for rebuilding, indicating a willingness to “soften sanctions on Iran”. He clarified that the dispute was “only about nuclear weapons,” and that “negotiations with Iran may start next week”. Trump also gave a “positive” answer against regime change in Iran, believing it could lead to “violence and anarchy”.
    • The overall outcome of this diplomacy, according to the source, was that “wars have been avoided in each two lines at least temporarily,” and “each side feels like they have won”.
    • Future Regional Peace Plans and Implications for Israel:
    • An international media report, citing an Israeli newspaper, suggests a future “ace” plan involving President Trump and Prime Minister Netanyahu for a Gaza ceasefire. This broader plan, though not directly about Iran-Israel relations, has significant regional implications:
    • It includes the proposed establishment of diplomatic relations between Saudi Arabia, Syria, and Israel, with other Arab countries following suit.
    • The potential for Saudi Arabia to recognize Israel under the Abraham Accord is discussed as complex, with the suggestion that Saudi Arabia should “carry OIC’s other countries along with them”.
    • It is noted that the current timing is considered “the right time to end the violence from Gaza” because “Hamas is not getting the help of Iran nor has Hezbollah any position”.

    Trump’s Gaza Strategy: Ceasefire, Control, and Challenges

    The Gaza Conflict, involves a complex interplay of various actors, with former President Trump playing a significant, albeit unconventional, role in attempts to shape its future.

    Trump’s Initial Stance and Hostage Situation: Upon entering the White House, President Trump “insulted Hamas” and threatened to “make Gaza a hell” for them if Israeli hostages were not released before he took oath. However, “Hamas extremists also sold the bodies of Israeli hostages with heavy receipts,” and even today, “these hostages of Hamas belonged to October 7, 2023 [and] They are rotting in prison”. This observation casts doubt on claims of “exaggerating his achievements in the Nobel Prize”, possibly implying unfulfilled promises regarding hostage release. Despite destruction in Gaza, “the power of Hamas in Gaza could not be completely eradicated” and that “the Israeli hostages of October 7, 2023 cannot be completely freed from its custody”.

    Alleged Trump-Netanyahu Ceasefire Plan for Gaza: An international media report, citing an Israeli newspaper, suggests a significant development: President Trump and Prime Minister Netanyahu have reportedly reached an “ace in regards to ceasefire in Gaza within the next two weeks”. This report emerged amidst criticism of the Iranian leadership for not agreeing to a ceasefire linked to Gaza.

    According to this alleged report, the proposed plan includes several key components:

    • Joint Control by Arab Nations: Four Arab countries, including the United Arab Emirates and Egypt, would take joint control over Gaza to replace Hamas.
    • Hamas Leadership Deportation and Hostage Release: The Hamas leadership would be deported, and all Israeli hostages would be released.
    • Palestinian Resettlement: Palestinians leaving Gaza would be settled in “some unknown countries”.
    • Expanded Diplomatic Relations: Saudi Arabia and Syria would establish diplomatic relations with Israel, with other Arab countries expected to follow suit.
    • US Recognition of Israeli Control: The US would recognize Israeli control over some parts of the West Bank.

    Challenges and Skepticism Regarding the Plan: Despite the ambitious nature of the alleged plan, “things are not as simple… as described in this alleged report”. Key challenges include:

    • Post-Hamas Governance: The question of “to whom should we give control of Gaza after removing Hamas?” is complex. Arab countries generally suggest the Palestinian Authority under Mahmood Abbas, despite internal conflicts between Al-Fatih and Hamas. However, Israel prefers to move forward by giving Gaza under the supervision of Arab countries, potentially involving Jordan and Syria with Egypt, rather than the Palestinian Authority.
    • Hamas’s Enduring Strength: Despite “all the destruction,” “the power of Hamas in Gaza could not be completely eradicated”.
    • Hostage Release Complexity: It is acknowledged that “despite all global efforts, the Israeli hostages of October 7, 2023 cannot be completely freed from its custody”.
    • Saudi-Israeli Relations: The question of Saudi Arabia recognizing Israel under the Abraham Accord is presented as complex, suggesting that Saudi Arabia should “carry OIC’s other countries along with them” in this regard.

    Current Dynamics and Opportunities for Resolution: The current challenge for President Trump is “putting Arab countries forward to solve the Gaza issue”. However, the timing is considered opportune to “end the violence from Gaza” because “Hamas is not getting the help of Iran nor has Hezbollah any position”. This situation presents a potential window to address the “sorrows” of Gaza residents. While Hamas has celebrated “victories” in Gaza, the overall situation remains dire, with a perceived need for a definitive resolution.

    Trump, Iran, and the Nuclear Program

    The discussion of the “Nuclear Program” revolves around Iran’s nuclear capabilities and President Trump’s actions and claims concerning them.

    Here’s a breakdown:

    • Trump’s Claims of Destruction and Contradictions:
    • President Trump claimed to have “stopped Iranian nuclear installations” by bombing them, drawing a controversial comparison to the atomic bombings of Nagasaki and Hiroshima that ended a world war. He asserted that he had “stopped the war” between Iran and Israel by taking these actions.
    • He also made the “loud claim” of “total destruction of Iran’s nuclear program”.
    • However, American media, citing leaked Pentagon reports, contradicted Trump’s claim, stating that while nuclear facilities were “definitely destroyed,” the Americans themselves had reportedly informed the Iranians beforehand. This allowed Iran to move “four hundred kilograms of enriched uranium” to a safe place prior to the attacks.
    • In contrast, the US Secretary of Defense supported Trump’s claim of complete destruction and held a press conference to that effect. Trump reportedly used “objectionable language” against media he perceived as trying to “smear their achievements”. He also suggested that any “shortage or subtraction left in the destruction” would be completed at a next stage or controlled by diplomacy.
    • Trump’s “Friendly War” Approach:
    • President Trump is described as being “against wars anyway or believes in friendly war”. This approach was evidenced by him informing Iranians before attacks on Iran.
    • He then “settled matters with Iranians himself through Qatar,” allowing Iran to “drop as many missiles at the US military base in Doha as the Americans bombed Iranian nuclear installations”. Thirteen out of fourteen missiles were reportedly stopped, and the remaining one was “of light quality so that there be no harm”.
    • US Stance on Iran’s Nuclear Ambitions and Diplomacy:
    • Trump clarified that the US dispute with Iran was “only about nuclear weapons,” stating, “we will not allow atomic bombs to be made”. He stressed that there was “no other issue” beyond this.
    • Despite the military actions, Trump indicated a willingness to engage in diplomacy, stating that “negotiations with Iran may start next week”. He also expressed support for softening sanctions on Iran, stating, “If possible, we will soften sanctions on Iran”.
    • He praised Iranians as a “great nation, rich with oil wealth” and supported their right to export oil for rebuilding.
    • Historical Context of Iran’s Nuclear Program:
    • The historical involvement of the US in Iran’s nuclear development. During the Shah’s era, US President Eisenhower had provided nuclear technology to Iran and founded the Tehran Nuclear Research Center by providing a nuclear research reactor and enriched uranium.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog